[2] | 1 | /****************************************************************************
|
---|
| 2 | **
|
---|
[846] | 3 | ** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
|
---|
[561] | 4 | ** All rights reserved.
|
---|
| 5 | ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
|
---|
[2] | 6 | **
|
---|
| 7 | ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
|
---|
| 8 | **
|
---|
| 9 | ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
|
---|
| 10 | ** Commercial Usage
|
---|
| 11 | ** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
|
---|
| 12 | ** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
|
---|
| 13 | ** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
|
---|
| 14 | ** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
|
---|
| 15 | **
|
---|
| 16 | ** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
|
---|
| 17 | ** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
|
---|
| 18 | ** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
|
---|
| 19 | ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
|
---|
| 20 | ** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to
|
---|
| 21 | ** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
|
---|
| 22 | ** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
|
---|
| 23 | **
|
---|
[561] | 24 | ** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
|
---|
| 25 | ** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
|
---|
| 26 | ** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
|
---|
[2] | 27 | **
|
---|
| 28 | ** GNU General Public License Usage
|
---|
| 29 | ** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
|
---|
| 30 | ** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
|
---|
| 31 | ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
|
---|
| 32 | ** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to
|
---|
| 33 | ** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
|
---|
| 34 | ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
|
---|
| 35 | **
|
---|
[561] | 36 | ** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
|
---|
| 37 | ** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
|
---|
[2] | 38 | ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
|
---|
| 39 | **
|
---|
| 40 | ****************************************************************************/
|
---|
| 41 |
|
---|
[561] | 42 | #include "qplatformdefs.h"
|
---|
[2] | 43 | #include "qabstracteventdispatcher.h"
|
---|
| 44 | #include "qaccessible.h"
|
---|
| 45 | #include "qapplication.h"
|
---|
| 46 | #include "qclipboard.h"
|
---|
| 47 | #include "qcursor.h"
|
---|
| 48 | #include "qdesktopwidget.h"
|
---|
| 49 | #include "qdir.h"
|
---|
| 50 | #include "qevent.h"
|
---|
| 51 | #include "qfile.h"
|
---|
| 52 | #include "qfileinfo.h"
|
---|
| 53 | #include "qgraphicsscene.h"
|
---|
| 54 | #include "qhash.h"
|
---|
| 55 | #include "qset.h"
|
---|
| 56 | #include "qlayout.h"
|
---|
| 57 | #include "qsessionmanager.h"
|
---|
| 58 | #include "qstyle.h"
|
---|
| 59 | #include "qstylefactory.h"
|
---|
| 60 | #include "qtextcodec.h"
|
---|
| 61 | #include "qtranslator.h"
|
---|
| 62 | #include "qvariant.h"
|
---|
| 63 | #include "qwidget.h"
|
---|
| 64 | #include "qdnd_p.h"
|
---|
| 65 | #include "qcolormap.h"
|
---|
| 66 | #include "qdebug.h"
|
---|
| 67 | #include "private/qgraphicssystemfactory_p.h"
|
---|
[846] | 68 | #include "private/qgraphicssystem_p.h"
|
---|
[2] | 69 | #include "private/qstylesheetstyle_p.h"
|
---|
| 70 | #include "private/qstyle_p.h"
|
---|
| 71 | #include "qmessagebox.h"
|
---|
| 72 | #include <QtGui/qgraphicsproxywidget.h>
|
---|
| 73 |
|
---|
[846] | 74 | #ifdef QT_GRAPHICSSYSTEM_RUNTIME
|
---|
| 75 | #include "private/qgraphicssystem_runtime_p.h"
|
---|
| 76 | #endif
|
---|
| 77 |
|
---|
[2] | 78 | #include "qinputcontext.h"
|
---|
| 79 | #include "qkeymapper_p.h"
|
---|
| 80 |
|
---|
| 81 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11
|
---|
| 82 | #include <private/qt_x11_p.h>
|
---|
[561] | 83 | #endif
|
---|
| 84 |
|
---|
[846] | 85 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
|
---|
[2] | 86 | #include "qinputcontextfactory.h"
|
---|
| 87 | #endif
|
---|
| 88 |
|
---|
[561] | 89 | #include "qguiplatformplugin_p.h"
|
---|
| 90 |
|
---|
[2] | 91 | #include <qthread.h>
|
---|
| 92 | #include <private/qthread_p.h>
|
---|
| 93 |
|
---|
| 94 | #include <private/qfont_p.h>
|
---|
| 95 |
|
---|
| 96 | #include <stdlib.h>
|
---|
| 97 |
|
---|
[846] | 98 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(QT_NO_EGL)
|
---|
| 99 | #include <link.h>
|
---|
| 100 | #endif
|
---|
| 101 |
|
---|
[2] | 102 | #include "qapplication_p.h"
|
---|
[561] | 103 | #include "qevent_p.h"
|
---|
[2] | 104 | #include "qwidget_p.h"
|
---|
| 105 |
|
---|
| 106 | #include "qapplication.h"
|
---|
| 107 |
|
---|
[561] | 108 | #include "qgesture.h"
|
---|
| 109 | #include "private/qgesturemanager_p.h"
|
---|
| 110 |
|
---|
| 111 | #ifndef QT_NO_LIBRARY
|
---|
| 112 | #include "qlibrary.h"
|
---|
| 113 | #endif
|
---|
| 114 |
|
---|
| 115 | #ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
|
---|
[2] | 116 | #include "qdatetime.h"
|
---|
| 117 | #include "qguifunctions_wince.h"
|
---|
| 118 | extern bool qt_wince_is_smartphone(); //qguifunctions_wince.cpp
|
---|
| 119 | extern bool qt_wince_is_mobile(); //qguifunctions_wince.cpp
|
---|
| 120 | extern bool qt_wince_is_pocket_pc(); //qguifunctions_wince.cpp
|
---|
| 121 | #endif
|
---|
| 122 |
|
---|
[561] | 123 | #include "qdatetime.h"
|
---|
| 124 |
|
---|
| 125 | #ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
|
---|
| 126 | #include <private/qt_cocoa_helpers_mac_p.h>
|
---|
| 127 | #endif
|
---|
| 128 |
|
---|
[2] | 129 | //#define ALIEN_DEBUG
|
---|
| 130 |
|
---|
| 131 | static void initResources()
|
---|
| 132 | {
|
---|
[651] | 133 | #if defined(Q_WS_WINCE)
|
---|
[846] | 134 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE_EXTERN(qstyle_wince)
|
---|
[2] | 135 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE(qstyle_wince);
|
---|
[651] | 136 | #elif defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
|
---|
[846] | 137 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE_EXTERN(qstyle_s60)
|
---|
[651] | 138 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE(qstyle_s60);
|
---|
[2] | 139 | #else
|
---|
[846] | 140 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE_EXTERN(qstyle)
|
---|
[2] | 141 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE(qstyle);
|
---|
| 142 | #endif
|
---|
[846] | 143 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE_EXTERN(qmessagebox)
|
---|
[2] | 144 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE(qmessagebox);
|
---|
| 145 | #if !defined(QT_NO_PRINTDIALOG)
|
---|
[846] | 146 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE_EXTERN(qprintdialog)
|
---|
[2] | 147 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE(qprintdialog);
|
---|
| 148 | #endif
|
---|
| 149 |
|
---|
| 150 | }
|
---|
| 151 |
|
---|
| 152 | QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
|
---|
| 153 |
|
---|
[846] | 154 | Q_CORE_EXPORT void qt_call_post_routines();
|
---|
[2] | 155 |
|
---|
| 156 | int QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version = 0x040000; //we don't know exactly, but it's at least 4.0.0
|
---|
| 157 |
|
---|
| 158 | QApplication::Type qt_appType=QApplication::Tty;
|
---|
| 159 | QApplicationPrivate *QApplicationPrivate::self = 0;
|
---|
| 160 |
|
---|
[95] | 161 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
---|
[561] | 162 | QInputContext *QApplicationPrivate::inputContext = 0;
|
---|
[95] | 163 | #endif
|
---|
[2] | 164 |
|
---|
| 165 | bool QApplicationPrivate::quitOnLastWindowClosed = true;
|
---|
| 166 |
|
---|
[561] | 167 | #ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
|
---|
[2] | 168 | int QApplicationPrivate::autoMaximizeThreshold = -1;
|
---|
| 169 | bool QApplicationPrivate::autoSipEnabled = false;
|
---|
[561] | 170 | #else
|
---|
| 171 | bool QApplicationPrivate::autoSipEnabled = true;
|
---|
[2] | 172 | #endif
|
---|
| 173 |
|
---|
| 174 | QApplicationPrivate::QApplicationPrivate(int &argc, char **argv, QApplication::Type type)
|
---|
| 175 | : QCoreApplicationPrivate(argc, argv)
|
---|
| 176 | {
|
---|
| 177 | application_type = type;
|
---|
| 178 | qt_appType = type;
|
---|
| 179 |
|
---|
| 180 | #ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
---|
| 181 | is_session_restored = false;
|
---|
| 182 | #endif
|
---|
| 183 |
|
---|
| 184 | quitOnLastWindowClosed = true;
|
---|
| 185 |
|
---|
| 186 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
---|
| 187 | qt_compat_used = 0;
|
---|
| 188 | qt_compat_resolved = 0;
|
---|
| 189 | qt_tryAccelEvent = 0;
|
---|
| 190 | qt_tryComposeUnicode = 0;
|
---|
| 191 | qt_dispatchAccelEvent = 0;
|
---|
| 192 | #endif
|
---|
| 193 | #if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_DIRECTPAINTER)
|
---|
| 194 | directPainters = 0;
|
---|
| 195 | #endif
|
---|
| 196 |
|
---|
[846] | 197 | #ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
|
---|
[561] | 198 | gestureManager = 0;
|
---|
| 199 | gestureWidget = 0;
|
---|
[846] | 200 | #endif // QT_NO_GESTURES
|
---|
[561] | 201 |
|
---|
[846] | 202 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
| 203 | move_cursor = 0;
|
---|
| 204 | copy_cursor = 0;
|
---|
| 205 | link_cursor = 0;
|
---|
| 206 | #endif
|
---|
| 207 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
| 208 | ignore_cursor = 0;
|
---|
| 209 | #endif
|
---|
| 210 |
|
---|
[2] | 211 | if (!self)
|
---|
| 212 | self = this;
|
---|
| 213 | }
|
---|
| 214 |
|
---|
| 215 | QApplicationPrivate::~QApplicationPrivate()
|
---|
| 216 | {
|
---|
| 217 | if (self == this)
|
---|
| 218 | self = 0;
|
---|
| 219 | }
|
---|
| 220 |
|
---|
| 221 | /*!
|
---|
| 222 | \class QApplication
|
---|
| 223 | \brief The QApplication class manages the GUI application's control
|
---|
| 224 | flow and main settings.
|
---|
| 225 |
|
---|
| 226 | QApplication contains the main event loop, where all events from the window
|
---|
| 227 | system and other sources are processed and dispatched. It also handles the
|
---|
[561] | 228 | application's initialization, finalization, and provides session
|
---|
| 229 | management. In addition, QApplication handles most of the system-wide and
|
---|
| 230 | application-wide settings.
|
---|
[2] | 231 |
|
---|
[561] | 232 | For any GUI application using Qt, there is precisely \bold one QApplication
|
---|
[2] | 233 | object, no matter whether the application has 0, 1, 2 or more windows at
|
---|
| 234 | any given time. For non-GUI Qt applications, use QCoreApplication instead,
|
---|
| 235 | as it does not depend on the \l QtGui library.
|
---|
| 236 |
|
---|
| 237 | The QApplication object is accessible through the instance() function that
|
---|
| 238 | returns a pointer equivalent to the global qApp pointer.
|
---|
| 239 |
|
---|
| 240 | QApplication's main areas of responsibility are:
|
---|
| 241 | \list
|
---|
| 242 | \o It initializes the application with the user's desktop settings
|
---|
| 243 | such as palette(), font() and doubleClickInterval(). It keeps
|
---|
| 244 | track of these properties in case the user changes the desktop
|
---|
| 245 | globally, for example through some kind of control panel.
|
---|
| 246 |
|
---|
| 247 | \o It performs event handling, meaning that it receives events
|
---|
| 248 | from the underlying window system and dispatches them to the
|
---|
| 249 | relevant widgets. By using sendEvent() and postEvent() you can
|
---|
| 250 | send your own events to widgets.
|
---|
| 251 |
|
---|
| 252 | \o It parses common command line arguments and sets its internal
|
---|
| 253 | state accordingly. See the \l{QApplication::QApplication()}
|
---|
| 254 | {constructor documentation} below for more details.
|
---|
| 255 |
|
---|
| 256 | \o It defines the application's look and feel, which is
|
---|
| 257 | encapsulated in a QStyle object. This can be changed at runtime
|
---|
| 258 | with setStyle().
|
---|
| 259 |
|
---|
| 260 | \o It specifies how the application is to allocate colors. See
|
---|
| 261 | setColorSpec() for details.
|
---|
| 262 |
|
---|
| 263 | \o It provides localization of strings that are visible to the
|
---|
| 264 | user via translate().
|
---|
| 265 |
|
---|
| 266 | \o It provides some magical objects like the desktop() and the
|
---|
| 267 | clipboard().
|
---|
| 268 |
|
---|
| 269 | \o It knows about the application's windows. You can ask which
|
---|
| 270 | widget is at a certain position using widgetAt(), get a list of
|
---|
| 271 | topLevelWidgets() and closeAllWindows(), etc.
|
---|
| 272 |
|
---|
| 273 | \o It manages the application's mouse cursor handling, see
|
---|
| 274 | setOverrideCursor()
|
---|
| 275 |
|
---|
| 276 | \o On the X window system, it provides functions to flush and sync
|
---|
| 277 | the communication stream, see flushX() and syncX().
|
---|
| 278 |
|
---|
| 279 | \o It provides support for sophisticated \l{Session Management}
|
---|
| 280 | {session management}. This makes it possible for applications
|
---|
| 281 | to terminate gracefully when the user logs out, to cancel a
|
---|
| 282 | shutdown process if termination isn't possible and even to
|
---|
| 283 | preserve the entire application's state for a future session.
|
---|
| 284 | See isSessionRestored(), sessionId() and commitData() and
|
---|
| 285 | saveState() for details.
|
---|
| 286 | \endlist
|
---|
| 287 |
|
---|
[561] | 288 | Since the QApplication object does so much initialization, it \e{must} be
|
---|
[2] | 289 | created before any other objects related to the user interface are created.
|
---|
[561] | 290 | QApplication also deals with common command line arguments. Hence, it is
|
---|
[2] | 291 | usually a good idea to create it \e before any interpretation or
|
---|
| 292 | modification of \c argv is done in the application itself.
|
---|
| 293 |
|
---|
| 294 | \table
|
---|
| 295 | \header
|
---|
| 296 | \o{2,1} Groups of functions
|
---|
| 297 |
|
---|
| 298 | \row
|
---|
| 299 | \o System settings
|
---|
| 300 | \o desktopSettingsAware(),
|
---|
| 301 | setDesktopSettingsAware(),
|
---|
| 302 | cursorFlashTime(),
|
---|
| 303 | setCursorFlashTime(),
|
---|
| 304 | doubleClickInterval(),
|
---|
| 305 | setDoubleClickInterval(),
|
---|
| 306 | setKeyboardInputInterval(),
|
---|
| 307 | wheelScrollLines(),
|
---|
| 308 | setWheelScrollLines(),
|
---|
| 309 | palette(),
|
---|
| 310 | setPalette(),
|
---|
| 311 | font(),
|
---|
| 312 | setFont(),
|
---|
| 313 | fontMetrics().
|
---|
| 314 |
|
---|
| 315 | \row
|
---|
| 316 | \o Event handling
|
---|
| 317 | \o exec(),
|
---|
| 318 | processEvents(),
|
---|
| 319 | exit(),
|
---|
| 320 | quit().
|
---|
| 321 | sendEvent(),
|
---|
| 322 | postEvent(),
|
---|
| 323 | sendPostedEvents(),
|
---|
| 324 | removePostedEvents(),
|
---|
| 325 | hasPendingEvents(),
|
---|
| 326 | notify(),
|
---|
| 327 | macEventFilter(),
|
---|
| 328 | qwsEventFilter(),
|
---|
| 329 | x11EventFilter(),
|
---|
| 330 | x11ProcessEvent(),
|
---|
| 331 | winEventFilter().
|
---|
| 332 |
|
---|
| 333 | \row
|
---|
| 334 | \o GUI Styles
|
---|
| 335 | \o style(),
|
---|
| 336 | setStyle().
|
---|
| 337 |
|
---|
| 338 | \row
|
---|
| 339 | \o Color usage
|
---|
| 340 | \o colorSpec(),
|
---|
| 341 | setColorSpec(),
|
---|
| 342 | qwsSetCustomColors().
|
---|
| 343 |
|
---|
| 344 | \row
|
---|
| 345 | \o Text handling
|
---|
| 346 | \o installTranslator(),
|
---|
| 347 | removeTranslator()
|
---|
| 348 | translate().
|
---|
| 349 |
|
---|
| 350 | \row
|
---|
| 351 | \o Widgets
|
---|
| 352 | \o allWidgets(),
|
---|
| 353 | topLevelWidgets(),
|
---|
| 354 | desktop(),
|
---|
| 355 | activePopupWidget(),
|
---|
| 356 | activeModalWidget(),
|
---|
| 357 | clipboard(),
|
---|
| 358 | focusWidget(),
|
---|
| 359 | activeWindow(),
|
---|
| 360 | widgetAt().
|
---|
| 361 |
|
---|
| 362 | \row
|
---|
| 363 | \o Advanced cursor handling
|
---|
| 364 | \o overrideCursor(),
|
---|
| 365 | setOverrideCursor(),
|
---|
| 366 | restoreOverrideCursor().
|
---|
| 367 |
|
---|
| 368 | \row
|
---|
| 369 | \o X Window System synchronization
|
---|
| 370 | \o flushX(),
|
---|
| 371 | syncX().
|
---|
| 372 |
|
---|
| 373 | \row
|
---|
| 374 | \o Session management
|
---|
| 375 | \o isSessionRestored(),
|
---|
| 376 | sessionId(),
|
---|
| 377 | commitData(),
|
---|
| 378 | saveState().
|
---|
| 379 |
|
---|
| 380 | \row
|
---|
| 381 | \o Miscellaneous
|
---|
| 382 | \o closeAllWindows(),
|
---|
| 383 | startingUp(),
|
---|
| 384 | closingDown(),
|
---|
| 385 | type().
|
---|
| 386 | \endtable
|
---|
| 387 |
|
---|
| 388 | \sa QCoreApplication, QAbstractEventDispatcher, QEventLoop, QSettings
|
---|
| 389 | */
|
---|
| 390 |
|
---|
| 391 | /*!
|
---|
| 392 | \enum QApplication::Type
|
---|
| 393 |
|
---|
| 394 | \value Tty a console application
|
---|
| 395 | \value GuiClient a GUI client application
|
---|
| 396 | \value GuiServer a GUI server application (for Qt for Embedded Linux)
|
---|
| 397 | */
|
---|
| 398 |
|
---|
| 399 | /*!
|
---|
| 400 | \enum QApplication::ColorSpec
|
---|
| 401 |
|
---|
| 402 | \value NormalColor the default color allocation policy
|
---|
| 403 | \value CustomColor the same as NormalColor for X11; allocates colors
|
---|
| 404 | to a palette on demand under Windows
|
---|
| 405 | \value ManyColor the right choice for applications that use thousands of
|
---|
| 406 | colors
|
---|
| 407 |
|
---|
| 408 | See setColorSpec() for full details.
|
---|
| 409 | */
|
---|
| 410 |
|
---|
| 411 | /*!
|
---|
| 412 | \fn QWidget *QApplication::topLevelAt(const QPoint &point)
|
---|
| 413 |
|
---|
| 414 | Returns the top-level widget at the given \a point; returns 0 if
|
---|
| 415 | there is no such widget.
|
---|
| 416 | */
|
---|
| 417 |
|
---|
| 418 | /*!
|
---|
| 419 | \fn QWidget *QApplication::topLevelAt(int x, int y)
|
---|
| 420 |
|
---|
| 421 | \overload
|
---|
| 422 |
|
---|
| 423 | Returns the top-level widget at the point (\a{x}, \a{y}); returns
|
---|
| 424 | 0 if there is no such widget.
|
---|
| 425 | */
|
---|
| 426 |
|
---|
| 427 |
|
---|
| 428 | /*
|
---|
| 429 | The qt_init() and qt_cleanup() functions are implemented in the
|
---|
| 430 | qapplication_xyz.cpp file.
|
---|
| 431 | */
|
---|
| 432 |
|
---|
| 433 | void qt_init(QApplicationPrivate *priv, int type
|
---|
| 434 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11
|
---|
| 435 | , Display *display = 0, Qt::HANDLE visual = 0, Qt::HANDLE colormap = 0
|
---|
| 436 | #endif
|
---|
| 437 | );
|
---|
| 438 | void qt_cleanup();
|
---|
| 439 |
|
---|
| 440 | Qt::MouseButtons QApplicationPrivate::mouse_buttons = Qt::NoButton;
|
---|
| 441 | Qt::KeyboardModifiers QApplicationPrivate::modifier_buttons = Qt::NoModifier;
|
---|
| 442 |
|
---|
| 443 | QStyle *QApplicationPrivate::app_style = 0; // default application style
|
---|
[561] | 444 | QString QApplicationPrivate::styleOverride; // style override
|
---|
[2] | 445 |
|
---|
| 446 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
---|
| 447 | QString QApplicationPrivate::styleSheet; // default application stylesheet
|
---|
| 448 | #endif
|
---|
| 449 | QPointer<QWidget> QApplicationPrivate::leaveAfterRelease = 0;
|
---|
| 450 |
|
---|
| 451 | int QApplicationPrivate::app_cspec = QApplication::NormalColor;
|
---|
| 452 | QPalette *QApplicationPrivate::app_pal = 0; // default application palette
|
---|
| 453 | QPalette *QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal = 0; // default system palette
|
---|
| 454 | QPalette *QApplicationPrivate::set_pal = 0; // default palette set by programmer
|
---|
| 455 |
|
---|
| 456 | QGraphicsSystem *QApplicationPrivate::graphics_system = 0; // default graphics system
|
---|
| 457 | QString QApplicationPrivate::graphics_system_name; // graphics system id - for delayed initialization
|
---|
[846] | 458 | bool QApplicationPrivate::runtime_graphics_system = false;
|
---|
[2] | 459 |
|
---|
[561] | 460 | Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(QMutex, applicationFontMutex)
|
---|
[2] | 461 | QFont *QApplicationPrivate::app_font = 0; // default application font
|
---|
| 462 | QFont *QApplicationPrivate::sys_font = 0; // default system font
|
---|
| 463 | QFont *QApplicationPrivate::set_font = 0; // default font set by programmer
|
---|
| 464 |
|
---|
| 465 | QIcon *QApplicationPrivate::app_icon = 0;
|
---|
| 466 | QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::main_widget = 0; // main application widget
|
---|
| 467 | QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget = 0; // has keyboard input focus
|
---|
| 468 | QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::hidden_focus_widget = 0; // will get keyboard input focus after show()
|
---|
| 469 | QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::active_window = 0; // toplevel with keyboard focus
|
---|
| 470 | bool QApplicationPrivate::obey_desktop_settings = true; // use winsys resources
|
---|
| 471 | int QApplicationPrivate::cursor_flash_time = 1000; // text caret flash time
|
---|
| 472 | int QApplicationPrivate::mouse_double_click_time = 400; // mouse dbl click limit
|
---|
| 473 | int QApplicationPrivate::keyboard_input_time = 400; // keyboard input interval
|
---|
| 474 | #ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
|
---|
| 475 | int QApplicationPrivate::wheel_scroll_lines; // number of lines to scroll
|
---|
| 476 | #endif
|
---|
| 477 | bool qt_is_gui_used;
|
---|
| 478 | bool Q_GUI_EXPORT qt_tab_all_widgets = true;
|
---|
| 479 | bool qt_in_tab_key_event = false;
|
---|
| 480 | int qt_antialiasing_threshold = -1;
|
---|
| 481 | static int drag_time = 500;
|
---|
[846] | 482 | #ifndef QT_GUI_DRAG_DISTANCE
|
---|
| 483 | #define QT_GUI_DRAG_DISTANCE 4
|
---|
| 484 | #endif
|
---|
[561] | 485 | #ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
|
---|
| 486 | // The screens are a bit too small to for your thumb when using only 4 pixels drag distance.
|
---|
[846] | 487 | static int drag_distance = 12; //XXX move to qplatformdefs.h
|
---|
[561] | 488 | #else
|
---|
[846] | 489 | static int drag_distance = QT_GUI_DRAG_DISTANCE;
|
---|
[561] | 490 | #endif
|
---|
[2] | 491 | static Qt::LayoutDirection layout_direction = Qt::LeftToRight;
|
---|
| 492 | QSize QApplicationPrivate::app_strut = QSize(0,0); // no default application strut
|
---|
| 493 | bool QApplicationPrivate::animate_ui = true;
|
---|
| 494 | bool QApplicationPrivate::animate_menu = false;
|
---|
| 495 | bool QApplicationPrivate::fade_menu = false;
|
---|
| 496 | bool QApplicationPrivate::animate_combo = false;
|
---|
| 497 | bool QApplicationPrivate::animate_tooltip = false;
|
---|
| 498 | bool QApplicationPrivate::fade_tooltip = false;
|
---|
| 499 | bool QApplicationPrivate::animate_toolbox = false;
|
---|
| 500 | bool QApplicationPrivate::widgetCount = false;
|
---|
[561] | 501 | bool QApplicationPrivate::load_testability = false;
|
---|
[846] | 502 | QString QApplicationPrivate::qmljs_debug_arguments;
|
---|
[2] | 503 | #ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
|
---|
[561] | 504 | # ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
|
---|
| 505 | Qt::NavigationMode QApplicationPrivate::navigationMode = Qt::NavigationModeKeypadDirectional;
|
---|
| 506 | # else
|
---|
| 507 | Qt::NavigationMode QApplicationPrivate::navigationMode = Qt::NavigationModeKeypadTabOrder;
|
---|
| 508 | # endif
|
---|
[2] | 509 | QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::oldEditFocus = 0;
|
---|
| 510 | #endif
|
---|
| 511 |
|
---|
| 512 | bool qt_tabletChokeMouse = false;
|
---|
| 513 | static bool force_reverse = false;
|
---|
| 514 |
|
---|
[561] | 515 | inline bool QApplicationPrivate::isAlien(QWidget *widget)
|
---|
[2] | 516 | {
|
---|
| 517 | if (!widget)
|
---|
| 518 | return false;
|
---|
[846] | 519 | #if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
|
---|
[561] | 520 | return !widget->isWindow()
|
---|
| 521 | # ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES
|
---|
| 522 | && !(widget->d_func()->maybeTopData() && widget->d_func()->maybeTopData()->windowSurface)
|
---|
| 523 | # endif
|
---|
| 524 | ;
|
---|
[2] | 525 | #else
|
---|
| 526 | return !widget->internalWinId();
|
---|
| 527 | #endif
|
---|
| 528 | }
|
---|
| 529 |
|
---|
| 530 | // ######## move to QApplicationPrivate
|
---|
| 531 | // Default application palettes and fonts (per widget type)
|
---|
| 532 | Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(PaletteHash, app_palettes)
|
---|
| 533 | PaletteHash *qt_app_palettes_hash()
|
---|
| 534 | {
|
---|
| 535 | return app_palettes();
|
---|
| 536 | }
|
---|
| 537 |
|
---|
| 538 | Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(FontHash, app_fonts)
|
---|
| 539 | FontHash *qt_app_fonts_hash()
|
---|
| 540 | {
|
---|
| 541 | return app_fonts();
|
---|
| 542 | }
|
---|
| 543 |
|
---|
| 544 | QWidgetList *QApplicationPrivate::popupWidgets = 0; // has keyboard input focus
|
---|
| 545 |
|
---|
| 546 | QDesktopWidget *qt_desktopWidget = 0; // root window widgets
|
---|
| 547 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
| 548 | QClipboard *qt_clipboard = 0; // global clipboard object
|
---|
| 549 | #endif
|
---|
| 550 | QWidgetList * qt_modal_stack=0; // stack of modal widgets
|
---|
| 551 |
|
---|
| 552 | /*!
|
---|
| 553 | \internal
|
---|
| 554 | */
|
---|
| 555 | void QApplicationPrivate::process_cmdline()
|
---|
| 556 | {
|
---|
| 557 | // process platform-indep command line
|
---|
| 558 | if (!qt_is_gui_used || !argc)
|
---|
| 559 | return;
|
---|
| 560 |
|
---|
| 561 | int i, j;
|
---|
| 562 |
|
---|
| 563 | j = 1;
|
---|
| 564 | for (i=1; i<argc; i++) { // if you add anything here, modify QCoreApplication::arguments()
|
---|
| 565 | if (argv[i] && *argv[i] != '-') {
|
---|
| 566 | argv[j++] = argv[i];
|
---|
| 567 | continue;
|
---|
| 568 | }
|
---|
| 569 | QByteArray arg = argv[i];
|
---|
| 570 | arg = arg;
|
---|
| 571 | QString s;
|
---|
| 572 | if (arg == "-qdevel" || arg == "-qdebug") {
|
---|
| 573 | // obsolete argument
|
---|
[846] | 574 | } else if (arg.indexOf("-qmljsdebugger=", 0) != -1) {
|
---|
| 575 | qmljs_debug_arguments = QString::fromLocal8Bit(arg.right(arg.length() - 15));
|
---|
[2] | 576 | } else if (arg.indexOf("-style=", 0) != -1) {
|
---|
| 577 | s = QString::fromLocal8Bit(arg.right(arg.length() - 7).toLower());
|
---|
| 578 | } else if (arg == "-style" && i < argc-1) {
|
---|
| 579 | s = QString::fromLocal8Bit(argv[++i]).toLower();
|
---|
| 580 | #ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
---|
| 581 | } else if (arg == "-session" && i < argc-1) {
|
---|
| 582 | ++i;
|
---|
| 583 | if (argv[i] && *argv[i]) {
|
---|
| 584 | session_id = QString::fromLatin1(argv[i]);
|
---|
| 585 | int p = session_id.indexOf(QLatin1Char('_'));
|
---|
| 586 | if (p >= 0) {
|
---|
| 587 | session_key = session_id.mid(p +1);
|
---|
| 588 | session_id = session_id.left(p);
|
---|
| 589 | }
|
---|
| 590 | is_session_restored = true;
|
---|
| 591 | }
|
---|
| 592 | #endif
|
---|
| 593 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
---|
| 594 | } else if (arg == "-stylesheet" && i < argc -1) {
|
---|
| 595 | styleSheet = QLatin1String("file:///");
|
---|
| 596 | styleSheet.append(QString::fromLocal8Bit(argv[++i]));
|
---|
| 597 | } else if (arg.indexOf("-stylesheet=") != -1) {
|
---|
| 598 | styleSheet = QLatin1String("file:///");
|
---|
| 599 | styleSheet.append(QString::fromLocal8Bit(arg.right(arg.length() - 12)));
|
---|
| 600 | #endif
|
---|
| 601 | } else if (qstrcmp(arg, "-reverse") == 0) {
|
---|
| 602 | force_reverse = true;
|
---|
[561] | 603 | QApplication::setLayoutDirection(Qt::RightToLeft);
|
---|
[2] | 604 | } else if (qstrcmp(arg, "-widgetcount") == 0) {
|
---|
| 605 | widgetCount = true;
|
---|
[561] | 606 | } else if (qstrcmp(arg, "-testability") == 0) {
|
---|
| 607 | load_testability = true;
|
---|
[2] | 608 | } else if (arg == "-graphicssystem" && i < argc-1) {
|
---|
| 609 | graphics_system_name = QString::fromLocal8Bit(argv[++i]);
|
---|
| 610 | } else {
|
---|
| 611 | argv[j++] = argv[i];
|
---|
| 612 | }
|
---|
| 613 | if (!s.isEmpty()) {
|
---|
| 614 | if (app_style) {
|
---|
| 615 | delete app_style;
|
---|
| 616 | app_style = 0;
|
---|
| 617 | }
|
---|
[561] | 618 | styleOverride = s;
|
---|
[2] | 619 | }
|
---|
| 620 | }
|
---|
| 621 |
|
---|
| 622 | if(j < argc) {
|
---|
| 623 | argv[j] = 0;
|
---|
| 624 | argc = j;
|
---|
| 625 | }
|
---|
| 626 | }
|
---|
| 627 |
|
---|
| 628 | /*!
|
---|
| 629 | Initializes the window system and constructs an application object with
|
---|
| 630 | \a argc command line arguments in \a argv.
|
---|
| 631 |
|
---|
| 632 | \warning The data referred to by \a argc and \a argv must stay valid for
|
---|
| 633 | the entire lifetime of the QApplication object. In addition, \a argc must
|
---|
| 634 | be greater than zero and \a argv must contain at least one valid character
|
---|
| 635 | string.
|
---|
| 636 |
|
---|
| 637 | The global \c qApp pointer refers to this application object. Only one
|
---|
| 638 | application object should be created.
|
---|
| 639 |
|
---|
| 640 | This application object must be constructed before any \l{QPaintDevice}
|
---|
| 641 | {paint devices} (including widgets, pixmaps, bitmaps etc.).
|
---|
| 642 |
|
---|
| 643 | \note \a argc and \a argv might be changed as Qt removes command line
|
---|
| 644 | arguments that it recognizes.
|
---|
| 645 |
|
---|
| 646 | Qt debugging options (not available if Qt was compiled without the QT_DEBUG
|
---|
| 647 | flag defined):
|
---|
| 648 | \list
|
---|
| 649 | \o -nograb, tells Qt that it must never grab the mouse or the
|
---|
| 650 | keyboard.
|
---|
| 651 | \o -dograb (only under X11), running under a debugger can cause an
|
---|
| 652 | implicit -nograb, use -dograb to override.
|
---|
| 653 | \o -sync (only under X11), switches to synchronous mode for
|
---|
| 654 | debugging.
|
---|
| 655 | \endlist
|
---|
| 656 |
|
---|
| 657 | See \l{Debugging Techniques} for a more detailed explanation.
|
---|
| 658 |
|
---|
| 659 | All Qt programs automatically support the following command line options:
|
---|
| 660 | \list
|
---|
| 661 | \o -style= \e style, sets the application GUI style. Possible values
|
---|
| 662 | are \c motif, \c windows, and \c platinum. If you compiled Qt with
|
---|
| 663 | additional styles or have additional styles as plugins these will
|
---|
| 664 | be available to the \c -style command line option.
|
---|
| 665 | \o -style \e style, is the same as listed above.
|
---|
| 666 | \o -stylesheet= \e stylesheet, sets the application \l styleSheet. The
|
---|
| 667 | value must be a path to a file that contains the Style Sheet.
|
---|
| 668 | \note Relative URLs in the Style Sheet file are relative to the
|
---|
| 669 | Style Sheet file's path.
|
---|
| 670 | \o -stylesheet \e stylesheet, is the same as listed above.
|
---|
| 671 | \o -session= \e session, restores the application from an earlier
|
---|
| 672 | \l{Session Management}{session}.
|
---|
| 673 | \o -session \e session, is the same as listed above.
|
---|
| 674 | \o -widgetcount, prints debug message at the end about number of
|
---|
| 675 | widgets left undestroyed and maximum number of widgets existed at
|
---|
| 676 | the same time
|
---|
| 677 | \o -reverse, sets the application's layout direction to
|
---|
| 678 | Qt::RightToLeft
|
---|
| 679 | \o -graphicssystem, sets the backend to be used for on-screen widgets
|
---|
| 680 | and QPixmaps. Available options are \c{raster} and \c{opengl}.
|
---|
[846] | 681 | \o -qmljsdebugger=, activates the QML/JS debugger with a specified port.
|
---|
| 682 | The value must be of format port:1234[,block], where block is optional
|
---|
| 683 | and will make the application wait until a debugger connects to it.
|
---|
[2] | 684 | \endlist
|
---|
| 685 |
|
---|
| 686 | The X11 version of Qt supports some traditional X11 command line options:
|
---|
| 687 | \list
|
---|
| 688 | \o -display \e display, sets the X display (default is $DISPLAY).
|
---|
| 689 | \o -geometry \e geometry, sets the client geometry of the first window
|
---|
| 690 | that is shown.
|
---|
| 691 | \o -fn or \c -font \e font, defines the application font. The font
|
---|
[846] | 692 | should be specified using an X logical font description. Note that
|
---|
| 693 | this option is ignored when Qt is built with fontconfig support enabled.
|
---|
[2] | 694 | \o -bg or \c -background \e color, sets the default background color
|
---|
| 695 | and an application palette (light and dark shades are calculated).
|
---|
| 696 | \o -fg or \c -foreground \e color, sets the default foreground color.
|
---|
| 697 | \o -btn or \c -button \e color, sets the default button color.
|
---|
| 698 | \o -name \e name, sets the application name.
|
---|
| 699 | \o -title \e title, sets the application title.
|
---|
| 700 | \o -visual \c TrueColor, forces the application to use a TrueColor
|
---|
| 701 | visual on an 8-bit display.
|
---|
| 702 | \o -ncols \e count, limits the number of colors allocated in the color
|
---|
| 703 | cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is using the
|
---|
| 704 | QApplication::ManyColor color specification. If \e count is 216
|
---|
| 705 | then a 6x6x6 color cube is used (i.e. 6 levels of red, 6 of green,
|
---|
| 706 | and 6 of blue); for other values, a cube approximately proportional
|
---|
| 707 | to a 2x3x1 cube is used.
|
---|
| 708 | \o -cmap, causes the application to install a private color map on an
|
---|
| 709 | 8-bit display.
|
---|
| 710 | \o -im, sets the input method server (equivalent to setting the
|
---|
| 711 | XMODIFIERS environment variable)
|
---|
| 712 | \o -inputstyle, defines how the input is inserted into the given
|
---|
| 713 | widget, e.g., \c onTheSpot makes the input appear directly in the
|
---|
| 714 | widget, while \c overTheSpot makes the input appear in a box
|
---|
| 715 | floating over the widget and is not inserted until the editing is
|
---|
| 716 | done.
|
---|
| 717 | \endlist
|
---|
| 718 |
|
---|
[846] | 719 | \section1 X11 Notes
|
---|
| 720 |
|
---|
| 721 | If QApplication fails to open the X11 display, it will terminate
|
---|
| 722 | the process. This behavior is consistent with most X11
|
---|
| 723 | applications.
|
---|
| 724 |
|
---|
[2] | 725 | \sa arguments()
|
---|
| 726 | */
|
---|
| 727 |
|
---|
| 728 | QApplication::QApplication(int &argc, char **argv)
|
---|
| 729 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, GuiClient))
|
---|
| 730 | { Q_D(QApplication); d->construct(); }
|
---|
| 731 |
|
---|
| 732 | QApplication::QApplication(int &argc, char **argv, int _internal)
|
---|
| 733 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, GuiClient))
|
---|
| 734 | { Q_D(QApplication); d->construct(); QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version = _internal;}
|
---|
| 735 |
|
---|
| 736 |
|
---|
| 737 | /*!
|
---|
| 738 | Constructs an application object with \a argc command line arguments in
|
---|
| 739 | \a argv. If \a GUIenabled is true, a GUI application is constructed,
|
---|
| 740 | otherwise a non-GUI (console) application is created.
|
---|
| 741 |
|
---|
| 742 | \warning The data referred to by \a argc and \a argv must stay valid for
|
---|
| 743 | the entire lifetime of the QApplication object. In addition, \a argc must
|
---|
| 744 | be greater than zero and \a argv must contain at least one valid character
|
---|
| 745 | string.
|
---|
| 746 |
|
---|
| 747 | Set \a GUIenabled to false for programs without a graphical user interface
|
---|
| 748 | that should be able to run without a window system.
|
---|
| 749 |
|
---|
| 750 | On X11, the window system is initialized if \a GUIenabled is true. If
|
---|
| 751 | \a GUIenabled is false, the application does not connect to the X server.
|
---|
[561] | 752 | On Windows and Mac OS, currently the window system is always initialized,
|
---|
| 753 | regardless of the value of GUIenabled. This may change in future versions
|
---|
| 754 | of Qt.
|
---|
[2] | 755 |
|
---|
| 756 | The following example shows how to create an application that uses a
|
---|
| 757 | graphical interface when available.
|
---|
| 758 |
|
---|
| 759 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 0
|
---|
| 760 | */
|
---|
| 761 |
|
---|
| 762 | QApplication::QApplication(int &argc, char **argv, bool GUIenabled )
|
---|
| 763 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, GUIenabled ? GuiClient : Tty))
|
---|
| 764 | { Q_D(QApplication); d->construct(); }
|
---|
| 765 |
|
---|
| 766 | QApplication::QApplication(int &argc, char **argv, bool GUIenabled , int _internal)
|
---|
| 767 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, GUIenabled ? GuiClient : Tty))
|
---|
| 768 | { Q_D(QApplication); d->construct(); QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version = _internal;}
|
---|
| 769 |
|
---|
| 770 |
|
---|
| 771 |
|
---|
| 772 | /*!
|
---|
| 773 | Constructs an application object with \a argc command line arguments in
|
---|
| 774 | \a argv.
|
---|
| 775 |
|
---|
| 776 | \warning The data referred to by \a argc and \a argv must stay valid for
|
---|
| 777 | the entire lifetime of the QApplication object. In addition, \a argc must
|
---|
| 778 | be greater than zero and \a argv must contain at least one valid character
|
---|
| 779 | string.
|
---|
| 780 |
|
---|
| 781 | With Qt for Embedded Linux, passing QApplication::GuiServer for \a type
|
---|
| 782 | makes this application the server (equivalent to running with the
|
---|
| 783 | \c -qws option).
|
---|
| 784 | */
|
---|
| 785 | QApplication::QApplication(int &argc, char **argv, Type type)
|
---|
| 786 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, type))
|
---|
| 787 | { Q_D(QApplication); d->construct(); }
|
---|
| 788 |
|
---|
| 789 | QApplication::QApplication(int &argc, char **argv, Type type , int _internal)
|
---|
| 790 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, type))
|
---|
| 791 | { Q_D(QApplication); d->construct(); QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version = _internal;}
|
---|
| 792 |
|
---|
[846] | 793 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(QT_NO_EGL)
|
---|
| 794 | static int qt_matchLibraryName(dl_phdr_info *info, size_t, void *data)
|
---|
| 795 | {
|
---|
| 796 | const char *name = static_cast<const char *>(data);
|
---|
| 797 | return strstr(info->dlpi_name, name) != 0;
|
---|
| 798 | }
|
---|
| 799 | #endif
|
---|
[2] | 800 |
|
---|
| 801 | /*!
|
---|
| 802 | \internal
|
---|
| 803 | */
|
---|
| 804 | void QApplicationPrivate::construct(
|
---|
| 805 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11
|
---|
| 806 | Display *dpy, Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE cmap
|
---|
| 807 | #endif
|
---|
| 808 | )
|
---|
| 809 | {
|
---|
| 810 | initResources();
|
---|
| 811 |
|
---|
| 812 | qt_is_gui_used = (qt_appType != QApplication::Tty);
|
---|
| 813 | process_cmdline();
|
---|
[846] | 814 | // the environment variable has the lowest precedence of runtime graphicssystem switches
|
---|
| 815 | if (graphics_system_name.isEmpty())
|
---|
| 816 | graphics_system_name = QString::fromLocal8Bit(qgetenv("QT_GRAPHICSSYSTEM"));
|
---|
| 817 |
|
---|
| 818 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(QT_NO_EGL)
|
---|
| 819 | if (graphics_system_name.isEmpty()) {
|
---|
| 820 | bool linksWithMeeGoTouch = dl_iterate_phdr(qt_matchLibraryName, const_cast<char *>("libmeegotouchcore"));
|
---|
| 821 | bool linksWithMeeGoGraphicsSystemHelper = dl_iterate_phdr(qt_matchLibraryName, const_cast<char *>("libQtMeeGoGraphicsSystemHelper"));
|
---|
| 822 |
|
---|
| 823 | if (linksWithMeeGoTouch && !linksWithMeeGoGraphicsSystemHelper) {
|
---|
| 824 | qWarning("Running non-meego graphics system enabled MeeGo touch, forcing native graphicssystem\n");
|
---|
| 825 | graphics_system_name = QLatin1String("native");
|
---|
| 826 | }
|
---|
| 827 | }
|
---|
| 828 | #endif
|
---|
| 829 |
|
---|
[2] | 830 | // Must be called before initialize()
|
---|
| 831 | qt_init(this, qt_appType
|
---|
| 832 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11
|
---|
| 833 | , dpy, visual, cmap
|
---|
| 834 | #endif
|
---|
| 835 | );
|
---|
| 836 | initialize();
|
---|
| 837 | eventDispatcher->startingUp();
|
---|
| 838 |
|
---|
| 839 | #ifdef QT_EVAL
|
---|
| 840 | extern void qt_gui_eval_init(uint);
|
---|
| 841 | qt_gui_eval_init(application_type);
|
---|
| 842 | #endif
|
---|
[561] | 843 |
|
---|
[846] | 844 | #if defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN) && !defined(QT_NO_SYSTEMLOCALE)
|
---|
| 845 | symbianInit();
|
---|
| 846 | #endif
|
---|
| 847 |
|
---|
[561] | 848 | #ifndef QT_NO_LIBRARY
|
---|
| 849 | if(load_testability) {
|
---|
| 850 | QLibrary testLib(QLatin1String("qttestability"));
|
---|
| 851 | if (testLib.load()) {
|
---|
| 852 | typedef void (*TasInitialize)(void);
|
---|
| 853 | TasInitialize initFunction = (TasInitialize)testLib.resolve("qt_testability_init");
|
---|
[846] | 854 | #ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
|
---|
| 855 | // resolving method by name does not work on Symbian OS so need to use ordinal
|
---|
| 856 | if(!initFunction) {
|
---|
| 857 | initFunction = (TasInitialize)testLib.resolve("1");
|
---|
| 858 | }
|
---|
| 859 | #endif
|
---|
[561] | 860 | if (initFunction) {
|
---|
| 861 | initFunction();
|
---|
| 862 | } else {
|
---|
| 863 | qCritical("Library qttestability resolve failed!");
|
---|
| 864 | }
|
---|
| 865 | } else {
|
---|
| 866 | qCritical("Library qttestability load failed!");
|
---|
| 867 | }
|
---|
| 868 | }
|
---|
| 869 |
|
---|
| 870 | //make sure the plugin is loaded
|
---|
| 871 | if (qt_is_gui_used)
|
---|
| 872 | qt_guiPlatformPlugin();
|
---|
| 873 | #endif
|
---|
[2] | 874 | }
|
---|
| 875 |
|
---|
| 876 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
---|
| 877 | // ### a string literal is a cont char*
|
---|
| 878 | // ### using it as a char* is wrong and could lead to segfaults
|
---|
| 879 | // ### if aargv is modified someday
|
---|
| 880 | // ########## make it work with argc == argv == 0
|
---|
| 881 | static int aargc = 1;
|
---|
| 882 | static char *aargv[] = { (char*)"unknown", 0 };
|
---|
| 883 |
|
---|
| 884 | /*!
|
---|
| 885 | \fn QApplication::QApplication(Display* display, Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE colormap)
|
---|
| 886 |
|
---|
| 887 | Creates an application, given an already open display \a display. If
|
---|
| 888 | \a visual and \a colormap are non-zero, the application will use those
|
---|
| 889 | values as the default Visual and Colormap contexts.
|
---|
| 890 |
|
---|
| 891 | \warning Qt only supports TrueColor visuals at depths higher than 8
|
---|
| 892 | bits-per-pixel.
|
---|
| 893 |
|
---|
| 894 | This function is only available on X11.
|
---|
| 895 | */
|
---|
| 896 | QApplication::QApplication(Display* dpy, Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE colormap)
|
---|
| 897 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(aargc, aargv, GuiClient))
|
---|
| 898 | {
|
---|
| 899 | if (! dpy)
|
---|
| 900 | qWarning("QApplication: Invalid Display* argument");
|
---|
| 901 | Q_D(QApplication);
|
---|
| 902 | d->construct(dpy, visual, colormap);
|
---|
| 903 | }
|
---|
| 904 |
|
---|
| 905 | QApplication::QApplication(Display* dpy, Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE colormap, int _internal)
|
---|
| 906 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(aargc, aargv, GuiClient))
|
---|
| 907 | {
|
---|
| 908 | if (! dpy)
|
---|
| 909 | qWarning("QApplication: Invalid Display* argument");
|
---|
| 910 | Q_D(QApplication);
|
---|
| 911 | d->construct(dpy, visual, colormap);
|
---|
| 912 | QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version = _internal;
|
---|
| 913 | }
|
---|
| 914 |
|
---|
| 915 | /*!
|
---|
| 916 | \fn QApplication::QApplication(Display *display, int &argc, char **argv,
|
---|
| 917 | Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE colormap)
|
---|
| 918 |
|
---|
| 919 | Creates an application, given an already open \a display and using \a argc
|
---|
| 920 | command line arguments in \a argv. If \a visual and \a colormap are
|
---|
| 921 | non-zero, the application will use those values as the default Visual
|
---|
| 922 | and Colormap contexts.
|
---|
| 923 |
|
---|
| 924 | \warning Qt only supports TrueColor visuals at depths higher than 8
|
---|
| 925 | bits-per-pixel.
|
---|
| 926 |
|
---|
| 927 | This function is only available on X11.
|
---|
| 928 | */
|
---|
| 929 | QApplication::QApplication(Display *dpy, int &argc, char **argv,
|
---|
| 930 | Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE colormap)
|
---|
| 931 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, GuiClient))
|
---|
| 932 | {
|
---|
| 933 | if (! dpy)
|
---|
| 934 | qWarning("QApplication: Invalid Display* argument");
|
---|
| 935 | Q_D(QApplication);
|
---|
| 936 | d->construct(dpy, visual, colormap);
|
---|
| 937 | }
|
---|
| 938 |
|
---|
| 939 | QApplication::QApplication(Display *dpy, int &argc, char **argv,
|
---|
| 940 | Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE colormap, int _internal)
|
---|
| 941 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, GuiClient))
|
---|
| 942 | {
|
---|
| 943 | if (! dpy)
|
---|
| 944 | qWarning("QApplication: Invalid Display* argument");
|
---|
| 945 | Q_D(QApplication);
|
---|
| 946 | d->construct(dpy, visual, colormap);
|
---|
| 947 | QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version = _internal;
|
---|
| 948 | }
|
---|
| 949 |
|
---|
| 950 | #endif // Q_WS_X11
|
---|
| 951 |
|
---|
[561] | 952 | extern void qInitDrawhelperAsm();
|
---|
[846] | 953 | extern void qInitImageConversions();
|
---|
[561] | 954 | extern int qRegisterGuiVariant();
|
---|
| 955 | extern int qUnregisterGuiVariant();
|
---|
| 956 | #ifndef QT_NO_STATEMACHINE
|
---|
| 957 | extern int qRegisterGuiStateMachine();
|
---|
| 958 | extern int qUnregisterGuiStateMachine();
|
---|
| 959 | #endif
|
---|
[2] | 960 |
|
---|
| 961 | /*!
|
---|
[561] | 962 | \fn void QApplicationPrivate::initialize()
|
---|
| 963 |
|
---|
[2] | 964 | Initializes the QApplication object, called from the constructors.
|
---|
| 965 | */
|
---|
| 966 | void QApplicationPrivate::initialize()
|
---|
| 967 | {
|
---|
| 968 | QWidgetPrivate::mapper = new QWidgetMapper;
|
---|
[561] | 969 | QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets = new QWidgetSet;
|
---|
[769] | 970 |
|
---|
| 971 | #if !defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(Q_WS_QWS)
|
---|
| 972 | // initialize the graphics system - on X11 this is initialized inside
|
---|
| 973 | // qt_init() in qapplication_x11.cpp because of several reasons.
|
---|
| 974 | // On QWS, the graphics system is set by the QScreen plugin.
|
---|
| 975 | graphics_system = QGraphicsSystemFactory::create(graphics_system_name);
|
---|
| 976 | #endif
|
---|
| 977 |
|
---|
[2] | 978 | if (qt_appType != QApplication::Tty)
|
---|
| 979 | (void) QApplication::style(); // trigger creation of application style
|
---|
| 980 | // trigger registering of QVariant's GUI types
|
---|
| 981 | qRegisterGuiVariant();
|
---|
[561] | 982 | #ifndef QT_NO_STATEMACHINE
|
---|
| 983 | // trigger registering of QStateMachine's GUI types
|
---|
| 984 | qRegisterGuiStateMachine();
|
---|
| 985 | #endif
|
---|
[2] | 986 |
|
---|
| 987 | is_app_running = true; // no longer starting up
|
---|
| 988 |
|
---|
| 989 | Q_Q(QApplication);
|
---|
| 990 | #ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
---|
| 991 | // connect to the session manager
|
---|
| 992 | session_manager = new QSessionManager(q, session_id, session_key);
|
---|
| 993 | #endif
|
---|
| 994 |
|
---|
| 995 | if (qgetenv("QT_USE_NATIVE_WINDOWS").toInt() > 0)
|
---|
| 996 | q->setAttribute(Qt::AA_NativeWindows);
|
---|
| 997 |
|
---|
[561] | 998 | #ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
|
---|
[2] | 999 | #ifdef QT_AUTO_MAXIMIZE_THRESHOLD
|
---|
| 1000 | autoMaximizeThreshold = QT_AUTO_MAXIMIZE_THRESHOLD;
|
---|
| 1001 | #else
|
---|
| 1002 | if (qt_wince_is_mobile())
|
---|
| 1003 | autoMaximizeThreshold = 50;
|
---|
| 1004 | else
|
---|
| 1005 | autoMaximizeThreshold = -1;
|
---|
| 1006 | #endif //QT_AUTO_MAXIMIZE_THRESHOLD
|
---|
[561] | 1007 | #endif //Q_WS_WINCE
|
---|
[2] | 1008 |
|
---|
| 1009 | // Set up which span functions should be used in raster engine...
|
---|
| 1010 | qInitDrawhelperAsm();
|
---|
[846] | 1011 | // and QImage conversion functions
|
---|
| 1012 | qInitImageConversions();
|
---|
[2] | 1013 |
|
---|
| 1014 | #ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
|
---|
| 1015 | QApplicationPrivate::wheel_scroll_lines = 3;
|
---|
| 1016 | #endif
|
---|
[561] | 1017 |
|
---|
| 1018 | if (qt_is_gui_used)
|
---|
| 1019 | initializeMultitouch();
|
---|
[2] | 1020 | }
|
---|
| 1021 |
|
---|
| 1022 | /*!
|
---|
| 1023 | Returns the type of application (\l Tty, GuiClient, or
|
---|
| 1024 | GuiServer). The type is set when constructing the QApplication
|
---|
| 1025 | object.
|
---|
| 1026 | */
|
---|
| 1027 | QApplication::Type QApplication::type()
|
---|
| 1028 | {
|
---|
| 1029 | return qt_appType;
|
---|
| 1030 | }
|
---|
| 1031 |
|
---|
| 1032 | /*****************************************************************************
|
---|
| 1033 | Functions returning the active popup and modal widgets.
|
---|
| 1034 | *****************************************************************************/
|
---|
| 1035 |
|
---|
| 1036 | /*!
|
---|
| 1037 | Returns the active popup widget.
|
---|
| 1038 |
|
---|
| 1039 | A popup widget is a special top-level widget that sets the \c
|
---|
| 1040 | Qt::WType_Popup widget flag, e.g. the QMenu widget. When the application
|
---|
| 1041 | opens a popup widget, all events are sent to the popup. Normal widgets and
|
---|
| 1042 | modal widgets cannot be accessed before the popup widget is closed.
|
---|
| 1043 |
|
---|
| 1044 | Only other popup widgets may be opened when a popup widget is shown. The
|
---|
| 1045 | popup widgets are organized in a stack. This function returns the active
|
---|
| 1046 | popup widget at the top of the stack.
|
---|
| 1047 |
|
---|
| 1048 | \sa activeModalWidget(), topLevelWidgets()
|
---|
| 1049 | */
|
---|
| 1050 |
|
---|
| 1051 | QWidget *QApplication::activePopupWidget()
|
---|
| 1052 | {
|
---|
| 1053 | return QApplicationPrivate::popupWidgets && !QApplicationPrivate::popupWidgets->isEmpty() ?
|
---|
| 1054 | QApplicationPrivate::popupWidgets->last() : 0;
|
---|
| 1055 | }
|
---|
| 1056 |
|
---|
| 1057 |
|
---|
| 1058 | /*!
|
---|
| 1059 | Returns the active modal widget.
|
---|
| 1060 |
|
---|
| 1061 | A modal widget is a special top-level widget which is a subclass of QDialog
|
---|
| 1062 | that specifies the modal parameter of the constructor as true. A modal
|
---|
| 1063 | widget must be closed before the user can continue with other parts of the
|
---|
| 1064 | program.
|
---|
| 1065 |
|
---|
| 1066 | Modal widgets are organized in a stack. This function returns the active
|
---|
| 1067 | modal widget at the top of the stack.
|
---|
| 1068 |
|
---|
| 1069 | \sa activePopupWidget(), topLevelWidgets()
|
---|
| 1070 | */
|
---|
| 1071 |
|
---|
| 1072 | QWidget *QApplication::activeModalWidget()
|
---|
| 1073 | {
|
---|
| 1074 | return qt_modal_stack && !qt_modal_stack->isEmpty() ? qt_modal_stack->first() : 0;
|
---|
| 1075 | }
|
---|
| 1076 |
|
---|
| 1077 | /*!
|
---|
| 1078 | Cleans up any window system resources that were allocated by this
|
---|
| 1079 | application. Sets the global variable \c qApp to 0.
|
---|
| 1080 | */
|
---|
| 1081 |
|
---|
| 1082 | QApplication::~QApplication()
|
---|
| 1083 | {
|
---|
| 1084 | Q_D(QApplication);
|
---|
| 1085 |
|
---|
| 1086 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
| 1087 | // flush clipboard contents
|
---|
| 1088 | if (qt_clipboard) {
|
---|
| 1089 | QEvent event(QEvent::Clipboard);
|
---|
| 1090 | QApplication::sendEvent(qt_clipboard, &event);
|
---|
| 1091 | }
|
---|
| 1092 | #endif
|
---|
| 1093 |
|
---|
| 1094 | //### this should probable be done even later
|
---|
| 1095 | qt_call_post_routines();
|
---|
| 1096 |
|
---|
| 1097 | // kill timers before closing down the dispatcher
|
---|
| 1098 | d->toolTipWakeUp.stop();
|
---|
| 1099 | d->toolTipFallAsleep.stop();
|
---|
| 1100 |
|
---|
| 1101 | d->eventDispatcher->closingDown();
|
---|
| 1102 | d->eventDispatcher = 0;
|
---|
[561] | 1103 | QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing = true;
|
---|
| 1104 | QApplicationPrivate::is_app_running = false;
|
---|
[2] | 1105 |
|
---|
[561] | 1106 | delete QWidgetPrivate::mapper;
|
---|
| 1107 | QWidgetPrivate::mapper = 0;
|
---|
[2] | 1108 |
|
---|
[561] | 1109 | // delete all widgets
|
---|
| 1110 | if (QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets) {
|
---|
| 1111 | QWidgetSet *mySet = QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets;
|
---|
| 1112 | QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets = 0;
|
---|
| 1113 | for (QWidgetSet::ConstIterator it = mySet->constBegin(); it != mySet->constEnd(); ++it) {
|
---|
[2] | 1114 | register QWidget *w = *it;
|
---|
| 1115 | if (!w->parent()) // window
|
---|
| 1116 | w->destroy(true, true);
|
---|
| 1117 | }
|
---|
| 1118 | delete mySet;
|
---|
| 1119 | }
|
---|
| 1120 |
|
---|
[846] | 1121 | delete qt_desktopWidget;
|
---|
| 1122 | qt_desktopWidget = 0;
|
---|
| 1123 |
|
---|
| 1124 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
| 1125 | delete qt_clipboard;
|
---|
| 1126 | qt_clipboard = 0;
|
---|
| 1127 | #endif
|
---|
| 1128 |
|
---|
| 1129 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
| 1130 | delete d->move_cursor; d->move_cursor = 0;
|
---|
| 1131 | delete d->copy_cursor; d->copy_cursor = 0;
|
---|
| 1132 | delete d->link_cursor; d->link_cursor = 0;
|
---|
| 1133 | #endif
|
---|
| 1134 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
| 1135 | delete d->ignore_cursor; d->ignore_cursor = 0;
|
---|
| 1136 | #endif
|
---|
| 1137 |
|
---|
[2] | 1138 | delete QApplicationPrivate::app_pal;
|
---|
| 1139 | QApplicationPrivate::app_pal = 0;
|
---|
| 1140 | delete QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal;
|
---|
| 1141 | QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal = 0;
|
---|
| 1142 | delete QApplicationPrivate::set_pal;
|
---|
| 1143 | QApplicationPrivate::set_pal = 0;
|
---|
| 1144 | app_palettes()->clear();
|
---|
| 1145 |
|
---|
| 1146 | {
|
---|
| 1147 | QMutexLocker locker(applicationFontMutex());
|
---|
| 1148 | delete QApplicationPrivate::app_font;
|
---|
| 1149 | QApplicationPrivate::app_font = 0;
|
---|
| 1150 | }
|
---|
| 1151 | delete QApplicationPrivate::sys_font;
|
---|
| 1152 | QApplicationPrivate::sys_font = 0;
|
---|
| 1153 | delete QApplicationPrivate::set_font;
|
---|
| 1154 | QApplicationPrivate::set_font = 0;
|
---|
| 1155 | app_fonts()->clear();
|
---|
| 1156 |
|
---|
| 1157 | delete QApplicationPrivate::app_style;
|
---|
| 1158 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style = 0;
|
---|
| 1159 | delete QApplicationPrivate::app_icon;
|
---|
| 1160 | QApplicationPrivate::app_icon = 0;
|
---|
[846] | 1161 | delete QApplicationPrivate::graphics_system;
|
---|
| 1162 | QApplicationPrivate::graphics_system = 0;
|
---|
[2] | 1163 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
| 1164 | d->cursor_list.clear();
|
---|
| 1165 | #endif
|
---|
| 1166 |
|
---|
| 1167 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
---|
| 1168 | if (qt_is_gui_used)
|
---|
| 1169 | delete QDragManager::self();
|
---|
| 1170 | #endif
|
---|
| 1171 |
|
---|
[561] | 1172 | d->cleanupMultitouch();
|
---|
| 1173 |
|
---|
[2] | 1174 | qt_cleanup();
|
---|
| 1175 |
|
---|
| 1176 | if (QApplicationPrivate::widgetCount)
|
---|
| 1177 | qDebug("Widgets left: %i Max widgets: %i \n", QWidgetPrivate::instanceCounter, QWidgetPrivate::maxInstances);
|
---|
| 1178 | #ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
---|
| 1179 | delete d->session_manager;
|
---|
| 1180 | d->session_manager = 0;
|
---|
| 1181 | #endif //QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
---|
| 1182 |
|
---|
| 1183 | QApplicationPrivate::obey_desktop_settings = true;
|
---|
| 1184 | QApplicationPrivate::cursor_flash_time = 1000;
|
---|
| 1185 | QApplicationPrivate::mouse_double_click_time = 400;
|
---|
| 1186 | QApplicationPrivate::keyboard_input_time = 400;
|
---|
| 1187 |
|
---|
| 1188 | drag_time = 500;
|
---|
| 1189 | drag_distance = 4;
|
---|
| 1190 | layout_direction = Qt::LeftToRight;
|
---|
| 1191 | QApplicationPrivate::app_strut = QSize(0, 0);
|
---|
| 1192 | QApplicationPrivate::animate_ui = true;
|
---|
| 1193 | QApplicationPrivate::animate_menu = false;
|
---|
| 1194 | QApplicationPrivate::fade_menu = false;
|
---|
| 1195 | QApplicationPrivate::animate_combo = false;
|
---|
| 1196 | QApplicationPrivate::animate_tooltip = false;
|
---|
| 1197 | QApplicationPrivate::fade_tooltip = false;
|
---|
| 1198 | QApplicationPrivate::widgetCount = false;
|
---|
| 1199 |
|
---|
[561] | 1200 | #ifndef QT_NO_STATEMACHINE
|
---|
| 1201 | // trigger unregistering of QStateMachine's GUI types
|
---|
| 1202 | qUnregisterGuiStateMachine();
|
---|
| 1203 | #endif
|
---|
[2] | 1204 | // trigger unregistering of QVariant's GUI types
|
---|
| 1205 | qUnregisterGuiVariant();
|
---|
| 1206 | }
|
---|
| 1207 |
|
---|
| 1208 |
|
---|
| 1209 | /*!
|
---|
| 1210 | \fn QWidget *QApplication::widgetAt(const QPoint &point)
|
---|
| 1211 |
|
---|
| 1212 | Returns the widget at global screen position \a point, or 0 if there is no
|
---|
| 1213 | Qt widget there.
|
---|
| 1214 |
|
---|
| 1215 | This function can be slow.
|
---|
| 1216 |
|
---|
| 1217 | \sa QCursor::pos(), QWidget::grabMouse(), QWidget::grabKeyboard()
|
---|
| 1218 | */
|
---|
| 1219 | QWidget *QApplication::widgetAt(const QPoint &p)
|
---|
| 1220 | {
|
---|
| 1221 | QWidget *window = QApplication::topLevelAt(p);
|
---|
| 1222 | if (!window)
|
---|
| 1223 | return 0;
|
---|
| 1224 |
|
---|
| 1225 | QWidget *child = 0;
|
---|
| 1226 |
|
---|
| 1227 | if (!window->testAttribute(Qt::WA_TransparentForMouseEvents))
|
---|
| 1228 | child = window->childAt(window->mapFromGlobal(p));
|
---|
| 1229 |
|
---|
| 1230 | if (child)
|
---|
| 1231 | return child;
|
---|
| 1232 |
|
---|
| 1233 | if (window->testAttribute(Qt::WA_TransparentForMouseEvents)) {
|
---|
| 1234 | //shoot a hole in the widget and try once again,
|
---|
| 1235 | //suboptimal on Qt for Embedded Linux where we do
|
---|
| 1236 | //know the stacking order of the toplevels.
|
---|
| 1237 | int x = p.x();
|
---|
| 1238 | int y = p.y();
|
---|
| 1239 | QRegion oldmask = window->mask();
|
---|
| 1240 | QPoint wpoint = window->mapFromGlobal(QPoint(x, y));
|
---|
| 1241 | QRegion newmask = (oldmask.isEmpty() ? QRegion(window->rect()) : oldmask)
|
---|
| 1242 | - QRegion(wpoint.x(), wpoint.y(), 1, 1);
|
---|
| 1243 | window->setMask(newmask);
|
---|
| 1244 | QWidget *recurse = 0;
|
---|
| 1245 | if (QApplication::topLevelAt(p) != window) // verify recursion will terminate
|
---|
| 1246 | recurse = widgetAt(x, y);
|
---|
| 1247 | if (oldmask.isEmpty())
|
---|
| 1248 | window->clearMask();
|
---|
| 1249 | else
|
---|
| 1250 | window->setMask(oldmask);
|
---|
| 1251 | return recurse;
|
---|
| 1252 | }
|
---|
| 1253 | return window;
|
---|
| 1254 | }
|
---|
| 1255 |
|
---|
| 1256 | /*!
|
---|
| 1257 | \fn QWidget *QApplication::widgetAt(int x, int y)
|
---|
| 1258 |
|
---|
| 1259 | \overload
|
---|
| 1260 |
|
---|
| 1261 | Returns the widget at global screen position (\a x, \a y), or 0 if there is
|
---|
| 1262 | no Qt widget there.
|
---|
| 1263 | */
|
---|
| 1264 |
|
---|
| 1265 | /*!
|
---|
| 1266 | \fn void QApplication::setArgs(int argc, char **argv)
|
---|
| 1267 | \internal
|
---|
| 1268 | */
|
---|
| 1269 |
|
---|
| 1270 |
|
---|
| 1271 |
|
---|
| 1272 | /*!
|
---|
| 1273 | \internal
|
---|
| 1274 | */
|
---|
| 1275 | bool QApplication::compressEvent(QEvent *event, QObject *receiver, QPostEventList *postedEvents)
|
---|
| 1276 | {
|
---|
| 1277 | if ((event->type() == QEvent::UpdateRequest
|
---|
| 1278 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
---|
| 1279 | || event->type() == QEvent::LayoutHint
|
---|
| 1280 | #endif
|
---|
| 1281 | || event->type() == QEvent::LayoutRequest
|
---|
| 1282 | || event->type() == QEvent::Resize
|
---|
| 1283 | || event->type() == QEvent::Move
|
---|
| 1284 | || event->type() == QEvent::LanguageChange
|
---|
[561] | 1285 | || event->type() == QEvent::UpdateSoftKeys
|
---|
[2] | 1286 | || event->type() == QEvent::InputMethod)) {
|
---|
| 1287 | for (int i = 0; i < postedEvents->size(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 1288 | const QPostEvent &cur = postedEvents->at(i);
|
---|
| 1289 | if (cur.receiver != receiver || cur.event == 0 || cur.event->type() != event->type())
|
---|
| 1290 | continue;
|
---|
| 1291 | if (cur.event->type() == QEvent::LayoutRequest
|
---|
| 1292 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
---|
| 1293 | || cur.event->type() == QEvent::LayoutHint
|
---|
| 1294 | #endif
|
---|
| 1295 | || cur.event->type() == QEvent::UpdateRequest) {
|
---|
| 1296 | ;
|
---|
| 1297 | } else if (cur.event->type() == QEvent::Resize) {
|
---|
| 1298 | ((QResizeEvent *)(cur.event))->s = ((QResizeEvent *)event)->s;
|
---|
| 1299 | } else if (cur.event->type() == QEvent::Move) {
|
---|
| 1300 | ((QMoveEvent *)(cur.event))->p = ((QMoveEvent *)event)->p;
|
---|
| 1301 | } else if (cur.event->type() == QEvent::LanguageChange) {
|
---|
| 1302 | ;
|
---|
[561] | 1303 | } else if (cur.event->type() == QEvent::UpdateSoftKeys) {
|
---|
| 1304 | ;
|
---|
[2] | 1305 | } else if ( cur.event->type() == QEvent::InputMethod ) {
|
---|
| 1306 | *(QInputMethodEvent *)(cur.event) = *(QInputMethodEvent *)event;
|
---|
| 1307 | } else {
|
---|
| 1308 | continue;
|
---|
| 1309 | }
|
---|
| 1310 | delete event;
|
---|
| 1311 | return true;
|
---|
| 1312 | }
|
---|
| 1313 | return false;
|
---|
| 1314 | }
|
---|
| 1315 | return QCoreApplication::compressEvent(event, receiver, postedEvents);
|
---|
| 1316 | }
|
---|
| 1317 |
|
---|
| 1318 | /*!
|
---|
| 1319 | \property QApplication::styleSheet
|
---|
| 1320 | \brief the application style sheet
|
---|
| 1321 | \since 4.2
|
---|
| 1322 |
|
---|
| 1323 | By default, this property returns an empty string unless the user specifies
|
---|
| 1324 | the \c{-stylesheet} option on the command line when running the application.
|
---|
| 1325 |
|
---|
| 1326 | \sa QWidget::setStyle(), {Qt Style Sheets}
|
---|
| 1327 | */
|
---|
| 1328 |
|
---|
| 1329 | /*!
|
---|
| 1330 | \property QApplication::autoMaximizeThreshold
|
---|
| 1331 | \since 4.4
|
---|
| 1332 | \brief defines a threshold for auto maximizing widgets
|
---|
| 1333 |
|
---|
[561] | 1334 | \bold{The auto maximize threshold is only available as part of Qt for
|
---|
| 1335 | Windows CE.}
|
---|
[2] | 1336 |
|
---|
| 1337 | This property defines a threshold for the size of a window as a percentage
|
---|
| 1338 | of the screen size. If the minimum size hint of a window exceeds the
|
---|
[561] | 1339 | threshold, calling show() will cause the window to be maximized
|
---|
[2] | 1340 | automatically.
|
---|
| 1341 |
|
---|
[561] | 1342 | Setting the threshold to 100 or greater means that the widget will always
|
---|
| 1343 | be maximized. Alternatively, setting the threshold to 50 means that the
|
---|
| 1344 | widget will be maximized only if the vertical minimum size hint is at least
|
---|
| 1345 | 50% of the vertical screen size.
|
---|
[2] | 1346 |
|
---|
[561] | 1347 | Setting the threshold to -1 disables the feature.
|
---|
[2] | 1348 |
|
---|
[561] | 1349 | On Windows CE the default is -1 (i.e., it is disabled).
|
---|
[2] | 1350 | On Windows Mobile the default is 40.
|
---|
| 1351 | */
|
---|
| 1352 |
|
---|
| 1353 | /*!
|
---|
| 1354 | \property QApplication::autoSipEnabled
|
---|
| 1355 | \since 4.5
|
---|
| 1356 | \brief toggles automatic SIP (software input panel) visibility
|
---|
| 1357 |
|
---|
[561] | 1358 | Set this property to \c true to automatically display the SIP when entering
|
---|
| 1359 | widgets that accept keyboard input. This property only affects widgets with
|
---|
| 1360 | the WA_InputMethodEnabled attribute set, and is typically used to launch
|
---|
| 1361 | a virtual keyboard on devices which have very few or no keys.
|
---|
[2] | 1362 |
|
---|
[561] | 1363 | \bold{ The property only has an effect on platforms which use software input
|
---|
| 1364 | panels, such as Windows CE and Symbian.}
|
---|
| 1365 |
|
---|
| 1366 | The default is platform dependent.
|
---|
[2] | 1367 | */
|
---|
| 1368 |
|
---|
[561] | 1369 | #ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
|
---|
[2] | 1370 | void QApplication::setAutoMaximizeThreshold(const int threshold)
|
---|
| 1371 | {
|
---|
| 1372 | QApplicationPrivate::autoMaximizeThreshold = threshold;
|
---|
| 1373 | }
|
---|
| 1374 |
|
---|
| 1375 | int QApplication::autoMaximizeThreshold() const
|
---|
| 1376 | {
|
---|
| 1377 | return QApplicationPrivate::autoMaximizeThreshold;
|
---|
| 1378 | }
|
---|
[561] | 1379 | #endif
|
---|
[2] | 1380 |
|
---|
| 1381 | void QApplication::setAutoSipEnabled(const bool enabled)
|
---|
| 1382 | {
|
---|
| 1383 | QApplicationPrivate::autoSipEnabled = enabled;
|
---|
| 1384 | }
|
---|
| 1385 |
|
---|
| 1386 | bool QApplication::autoSipEnabled() const
|
---|
| 1387 | {
|
---|
| 1388 | return QApplicationPrivate::autoSipEnabled;
|
---|
| 1389 | }
|
---|
| 1390 |
|
---|
| 1391 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
---|
| 1392 |
|
---|
| 1393 | QString QApplication::styleSheet() const
|
---|
| 1394 | {
|
---|
| 1395 | return QApplicationPrivate::styleSheet;
|
---|
| 1396 | }
|
---|
| 1397 |
|
---|
| 1398 | void QApplication::setStyleSheet(const QString& styleSheet)
|
---|
| 1399 | {
|
---|
| 1400 | QApplicationPrivate::styleSheet = styleSheet;
|
---|
| 1401 | QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle*>(QApplicationPrivate::app_style);
|
---|
| 1402 | if (styleSheet.isEmpty()) { // application style sheet removed
|
---|
| 1403 | if (!proxy)
|
---|
| 1404 | return; // there was no stylesheet before
|
---|
| 1405 | setStyle(proxy->base);
|
---|
| 1406 | } else if (proxy) { // style sheet update, just repolish
|
---|
| 1407 | proxy->repolish(qApp);
|
---|
| 1408 | } else { // stylesheet set the first time
|
---|
| 1409 | QStyleSheetStyle *newProxy = new QStyleSheetStyle(QApplicationPrivate::app_style);
|
---|
| 1410 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->setParent(newProxy);
|
---|
| 1411 | setStyle(newProxy);
|
---|
| 1412 | }
|
---|
| 1413 | }
|
---|
| 1414 |
|
---|
| 1415 | #endif // QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
---|
| 1416 |
|
---|
| 1417 | /*!
|
---|
| 1418 | Returns the application's style object.
|
---|
| 1419 |
|
---|
| 1420 | \sa setStyle(), QStyle
|
---|
| 1421 | */
|
---|
| 1422 | QStyle *QApplication::style()
|
---|
| 1423 | {
|
---|
| 1424 | if (QApplicationPrivate::app_style)
|
---|
| 1425 | return QApplicationPrivate::app_style;
|
---|
| 1426 | if (!qt_is_gui_used) {
|
---|
| 1427 | Q_ASSERT(!"No style available in non-gui applications!");
|
---|
| 1428 | return 0;
|
---|
| 1429 | }
|
---|
| 1430 |
|
---|
| 1431 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::app_style) {
|
---|
| 1432 | // Compile-time search for default style
|
---|
| 1433 | //
|
---|
| 1434 | QString style;
|
---|
[846] | 1435 | #ifdef QT_BUILD_INTERNAL
|
---|
| 1436 | QString envStyle = QString::fromLocal8Bit(qgetenv("QT_STYLE_OVERRIDE"));
|
---|
| 1437 | #else
|
---|
| 1438 | QString envStyle;
|
---|
| 1439 | #endif
|
---|
| 1440 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::styleOverride.isEmpty()) {
|
---|
[561] | 1441 | style = QApplicationPrivate::styleOverride;
|
---|
[846] | 1442 | } else if (!envStyle.isEmpty()) {
|
---|
| 1443 | style = envStyle;
|
---|
| 1444 | } else {
|
---|
[561] | 1445 | style = QApplicationPrivate::desktopStyleKey();
|
---|
[846] | 1446 | }
|
---|
[2] | 1447 |
|
---|
| 1448 | QStyle *&app_style = QApplicationPrivate::app_style;
|
---|
| 1449 | app_style = QStyleFactory::create(style);
|
---|
| 1450 | if (!app_style) {
|
---|
| 1451 | QStringList styles = QStyleFactory::keys();
|
---|
| 1452 | for (int i = 0; i < styles.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 1453 | if ((app_style = QStyleFactory::create(styles.at(i))))
|
---|
| 1454 | break;
|
---|
| 1455 | }
|
---|
| 1456 | }
|
---|
| 1457 | if (!app_style) {
|
---|
| 1458 | Q_ASSERT(!"No styles available!");
|
---|
| 1459 | return 0;
|
---|
| 1460 | }
|
---|
| 1461 | }
|
---|
| 1462 | // take ownership of the style
|
---|
| 1463 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->setParent(qApp);
|
---|
| 1464 |
|
---|
| 1465 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal)
|
---|
| 1466 | QApplicationPrivate::setSystemPalette(QApplicationPrivate::app_style->standardPalette());
|
---|
| 1467 | if (QApplicationPrivate::set_pal) // repolish set palette with the new style
|
---|
| 1468 | QApplication::setPalette(*QApplicationPrivate::set_pal);
|
---|
| 1469 |
|
---|
| 1470 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
---|
| 1471 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::styleSheet.isEmpty()) {
|
---|
| 1472 | qApp->setStyleSheet(QApplicationPrivate::styleSheet);
|
---|
| 1473 | } else
|
---|
| 1474 | #endif
|
---|
| 1475 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->polish(qApp);
|
---|
| 1476 |
|
---|
| 1477 | return QApplicationPrivate::app_style;
|
---|
| 1478 | }
|
---|
| 1479 |
|
---|
| 1480 | /*!
|
---|
| 1481 | Sets the application's GUI style to \a style. Ownership of the style object
|
---|
| 1482 | is transferred to QApplication, so QApplication will delete the style
|
---|
| 1483 | object on application exit or when a new style is set and the old style is
|
---|
| 1484 | still the parent of the application object.
|
---|
| 1485 |
|
---|
| 1486 | Example usage:
|
---|
| 1487 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 1
|
---|
| 1488 |
|
---|
| 1489 | When switching application styles, the color palette is set back to the
|
---|
| 1490 | initial colors or the system defaults. This is necessary since certain
|
---|
| 1491 | styles have to adapt the color palette to be fully style-guide compliant.
|
---|
| 1492 |
|
---|
| 1493 | Setting the style before a palette has been se, i.e., before creating
|
---|
| 1494 | QApplication, will cause the application to use QStyle::standardPalette()
|
---|
| 1495 | for the palette.
|
---|
| 1496 |
|
---|
| 1497 | \warning Qt style sheets are currently not supported for custom QStyle
|
---|
| 1498 | subclasses. We plan to address this in some future release.
|
---|
| 1499 |
|
---|
| 1500 | \sa style(), QStyle, setPalette(), desktopSettingsAware()
|
---|
| 1501 | */
|
---|
| 1502 | void QApplication::setStyle(QStyle *style)
|
---|
| 1503 | {
|
---|
| 1504 | if (!style || style == QApplicationPrivate::app_style)
|
---|
| 1505 | return;
|
---|
| 1506 |
|
---|
| 1507 | QWidgetList all = allWidgets();
|
---|
| 1508 |
|
---|
| 1509 | // clean up the old style
|
---|
| 1510 | if (QApplicationPrivate::app_style) {
|
---|
| 1511 | if (QApplicationPrivate::is_app_running && !QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing) {
|
---|
| 1512 | for (QWidgetList::ConstIterator it = all.constBegin(); it != all.constEnd(); ++it) {
|
---|
| 1513 | register QWidget *w = *it;
|
---|
| 1514 | if (!(w->windowType() == Qt::Desktop) && // except desktop
|
---|
| 1515 | w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Polished)) { // has been polished
|
---|
| 1516 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->unpolish(w);
|
---|
| 1517 | }
|
---|
| 1518 | }
|
---|
| 1519 | }
|
---|
| 1520 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->unpolish(qApp);
|
---|
| 1521 | }
|
---|
| 1522 |
|
---|
| 1523 | QStyle *old = QApplicationPrivate::app_style; // save
|
---|
| 1524 |
|
---|
| 1525 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
---|
| 1526 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::styleSheet.isEmpty() && !qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(style)) {
|
---|
| 1527 | // we have a stylesheet already and a new style is being set
|
---|
| 1528 | QStyleSheetStyle *newProxy = new QStyleSheetStyle(style);
|
---|
| 1529 | style->setParent(newProxy);
|
---|
| 1530 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style = newProxy;
|
---|
| 1531 | } else
|
---|
| 1532 | #endif // QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
---|
| 1533 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style = style;
|
---|
| 1534 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->setParent(qApp); // take ownership
|
---|
| 1535 |
|
---|
| 1536 | // take care of possible palette requirements of certain gui
|
---|
| 1537 | // styles. Do it before polishing the application since the style
|
---|
| 1538 | // might call QApplication::setPalette() itself
|
---|
| 1539 | if (QApplicationPrivate::set_pal) {
|
---|
| 1540 | QApplication::setPalette(*QApplicationPrivate::set_pal);
|
---|
| 1541 | } else if (QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal) {
|
---|
| 1542 | QApplicationPrivate::initializeWidgetPaletteHash();
|
---|
| 1543 | QApplicationPrivate::setPalette_helper(*QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal, /*className=*/0, /*clearWidgetPaletteHash=*/false);
|
---|
| 1544 | } else if (!QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal) {
|
---|
| 1545 | // Initialize the sys_pal if it hasn't happened yet...
|
---|
| 1546 | QApplicationPrivate::setSystemPalette(QApplicationPrivate::app_style->standardPalette());
|
---|
| 1547 | }
|
---|
| 1548 |
|
---|
| 1549 | // initialize the application with the new style
|
---|
| 1550 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->polish(qApp);
|
---|
| 1551 |
|
---|
| 1552 | // re-polish existing widgets if necessary
|
---|
| 1553 | if (QApplicationPrivate::is_app_running && !QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing) {
|
---|
| 1554 | for (QWidgetList::ConstIterator it1 = all.constBegin(); it1 != all.constEnd(); ++it1) {
|
---|
| 1555 | register QWidget *w = *it1;
|
---|
| 1556 | if (w->windowType() != Qt::Desktop && w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Polished)) {
|
---|
| 1557 | if (w->style() == QApplicationPrivate::app_style)
|
---|
| 1558 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->polish(w); // repolish
|
---|
| 1559 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
---|
| 1560 | else
|
---|
| 1561 | w->setStyleSheet(w->styleSheet()); // touch
|
---|
| 1562 | #endif
|
---|
| 1563 | }
|
---|
| 1564 | }
|
---|
| 1565 |
|
---|
| 1566 | for (QWidgetList::ConstIterator it2 = all.constBegin(); it2 != all.constEnd(); ++it2) {
|
---|
| 1567 | register QWidget *w = *it2;
|
---|
| 1568 | if (w->windowType() != Qt::Desktop && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetStyle)) {
|
---|
| 1569 | QEvent e(QEvent::StyleChange);
|
---|
| 1570 | QApplication::sendEvent(w, &e);
|
---|
| 1571 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
---|
| 1572 | if (old)
|
---|
| 1573 | w->styleChange(*old);
|
---|
| 1574 | #endif
|
---|
| 1575 | w->update();
|
---|
| 1576 | }
|
---|
| 1577 | }
|
---|
| 1578 | }
|
---|
| 1579 |
|
---|
| 1580 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
---|
| 1581 | if (QStyleSheetStyle *oldProxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(old)) {
|
---|
| 1582 | oldProxy->deref();
|
---|
| 1583 | } else
|
---|
| 1584 | #endif
|
---|
| 1585 | if (old && old->parent() == qApp) {
|
---|
| 1586 | delete old;
|
---|
| 1587 | }
|
---|
| 1588 |
|
---|
| 1589 | if (QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget) {
|
---|
| 1590 | QFocusEvent in(QEvent::FocusIn, Qt::OtherFocusReason);
|
---|
| 1591 | QApplication::sendEvent(QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget->style(), &in);
|
---|
| 1592 | QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget->update();
|
---|
| 1593 | }
|
---|
| 1594 | }
|
---|
| 1595 |
|
---|
| 1596 | /*!
|
---|
| 1597 | \overload
|
---|
| 1598 |
|
---|
| 1599 | Requests a QStyle object for \a style from the QStyleFactory.
|
---|
| 1600 |
|
---|
| 1601 | The string must be one of the QStyleFactory::keys(), typically one of
|
---|
| 1602 | "windows", "motif", "cde", "plastique", "windowsxp", or "macintosh". Style
|
---|
| 1603 | names are case insensitive.
|
---|
| 1604 |
|
---|
| 1605 | Returns 0 if an unknown \a style is passed, otherwise the QStyle object
|
---|
| 1606 | returned is set as the application's GUI style.
|
---|
| 1607 |
|
---|
| 1608 | \warning To ensure that the application's style is set correctly, it is
|
---|
| 1609 | best to call this function before the QApplication constructor, if
|
---|
| 1610 | possible.
|
---|
| 1611 | */
|
---|
| 1612 | QStyle* QApplication::setStyle(const QString& style)
|
---|
| 1613 | {
|
---|
| 1614 | QStyle *s = QStyleFactory::create(style);
|
---|
| 1615 | if (!s)
|
---|
| 1616 | return 0;
|
---|
| 1617 |
|
---|
| 1618 | setStyle(s);
|
---|
| 1619 | return s;
|
---|
| 1620 | }
|
---|
| 1621 |
|
---|
| 1622 | /*!
|
---|
| 1623 | \since 4.5
|
---|
| 1624 |
|
---|
| 1625 | Sets the default graphics backend to \a system, which will be used for
|
---|
| 1626 | on-screen widgets and QPixmaps. The available systems are \c{"native"},
|
---|
| 1627 | \c{"raster"} and \c{"opengl"}.
|
---|
| 1628 |
|
---|
[846] | 1629 | There are several ways to set the graphics backend, in order of decreasing
|
---|
| 1630 | precedence:
|
---|
| 1631 | \list
|
---|
| 1632 | \o the application commandline \c{-graphicssystem} switch
|
---|
| 1633 | \o QApplication::setGraphicsSystem()
|
---|
| 1634 | \o the QT_GRAPHICSSYSTEM environment variable
|
---|
| 1635 | \o the Qt configure \c{-graphicssystem} switch
|
---|
| 1636 | \endlist
|
---|
| 1637 | If the highest precedence switch sets an invalid name, the error will be
|
---|
| 1638 | ignored and the default backend will be used.
|
---|
[2] | 1639 |
|
---|
[846] | 1640 | \warning This function is only effective before the QApplication constructor
|
---|
[2] | 1641 | is called.
|
---|
| 1642 |
|
---|
| 1643 | \note The \c{"opengl"} option is currently experimental.
|
---|
| 1644 | */
|
---|
| 1645 |
|
---|
| 1646 | void QApplication::setGraphicsSystem(const QString &system)
|
---|
| 1647 | {
|
---|
[846] | 1648 | #ifdef QT_GRAPHICSSYSTEM_RUNTIME
|
---|
| 1649 | if (QApplicationPrivate::graphics_system_name == QLatin1String("runtime")) {
|
---|
| 1650 | QRuntimeGraphicsSystem *r =
|
---|
| 1651 | static_cast<QRuntimeGraphicsSystem *>(QApplicationPrivate::graphics_system);
|
---|
| 1652 | r->setGraphicsSystem(system);
|
---|
| 1653 | } else
|
---|
| 1654 | #endif
|
---|
| 1655 | QApplicationPrivate::graphics_system_name = system;
|
---|
[2] | 1656 | }
|
---|
| 1657 |
|
---|
| 1658 | /*!
|
---|
| 1659 | Returns the color specification.
|
---|
| 1660 |
|
---|
| 1661 | \sa QApplication::setColorSpec()
|
---|
| 1662 | */
|
---|
| 1663 |
|
---|
| 1664 | int QApplication::colorSpec()
|
---|
| 1665 | {
|
---|
| 1666 | return QApplicationPrivate::app_cspec;
|
---|
| 1667 | }
|
---|
| 1668 |
|
---|
| 1669 | /*!
|
---|
| 1670 | Sets the color specification for the application to \a spec.
|
---|
| 1671 |
|
---|
| 1672 | The color specification controls how the application allocates colors when
|
---|
| 1673 | run on a display with a limited amount of colors, e.g. 8 bit / 256 color
|
---|
| 1674 | displays.
|
---|
| 1675 |
|
---|
| 1676 | The color specification must be set before you create the QApplication
|
---|
| 1677 | object.
|
---|
| 1678 |
|
---|
| 1679 | The options are:
|
---|
| 1680 | \list
|
---|
| 1681 | \o QApplication::NormalColor. This is the default color allocation
|
---|
| 1682 | strategy. Use this option if your application uses buttons, menus,
|
---|
| 1683 | texts and pixmaps with few colors. With this option, the
|
---|
| 1684 | application uses system global colors. This works fine for most
|
---|
[561] | 1685 | applications under X11, but on the Windows platform, it may cause
|
---|
[2] | 1686 | dithering of non-standard colors.
|
---|
| 1687 | \o QApplication::CustomColor. Use this option if your application
|
---|
| 1688 | needs a small number of custom colors. On X11, this option is the
|
---|
| 1689 | same as NormalColor. On Windows, Qt creates a Windows palette, and
|
---|
| 1690 | allocates colors to it on demand.
|
---|
| 1691 | \o QApplication::ManyColor. Use this option if your application is
|
---|
| 1692 | very color hungry, e.g., it requires thousands of colors. \br
|
---|
| 1693 | Under X11 the effect is:
|
---|
| 1694 | \list
|
---|
| 1695 | \o For 256-color displays which have at best a 256 color true
|
---|
| 1696 | color visual, the default visual is used, and colors are
|
---|
| 1697 | allocated from a color cube. The color cube is the 6x6x6
|
---|
| 1698 | (216 color) "Web palette" (the red, green, and blue
|
---|
| 1699 | components always have one of the following values: 0x00,
|
---|
| 1700 | 0x33, 0x66, 0x99, 0xCC, or 0xFF), but the number of colors
|
---|
| 1701 | can be changed by the \e -ncols option. The user can force
|
---|
| 1702 | the application to use the true color visual with the
|
---|
| 1703 | \l{QApplication::QApplication()}{-visual} option.
|
---|
| 1704 | \o For 256-color displays which have a true color visual with
|
---|
| 1705 | more than 256 colors, use that visual. Silicon Graphics X
|
---|
| 1706 | servers this feature, for example. They provide an 8 bit
|
---|
| 1707 | visual by default but can deliver true color when asked.
|
---|
| 1708 | \endlist
|
---|
| 1709 | On Windows, Qt creates a Windows palette, and fills it with a color
|
---|
| 1710 | cube.
|
---|
| 1711 | \endlist
|
---|
| 1712 |
|
---|
| 1713 | Be aware that the CustomColor and ManyColor choices may lead to colormap
|
---|
| 1714 | flashing: The foreground application gets (most) of the available colors,
|
---|
| 1715 | while the background windows will look less attractive.
|
---|
| 1716 |
|
---|
| 1717 | Example:
|
---|
| 1718 |
|
---|
| 1719 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 2
|
---|
| 1720 |
|
---|
| 1721 | \sa colorSpec()
|
---|
| 1722 | */
|
---|
| 1723 |
|
---|
| 1724 | void QApplication::setColorSpec(int spec)
|
---|
| 1725 | {
|
---|
| 1726 | if (qApp)
|
---|
| 1727 | qWarning("QApplication::setColorSpec: This function must be "
|
---|
| 1728 | "called before the QApplication object is created");
|
---|
| 1729 | QApplicationPrivate::app_cspec = spec;
|
---|
| 1730 | }
|
---|
| 1731 |
|
---|
| 1732 | /*!
|
---|
| 1733 | \property QApplication::globalStrut
|
---|
| 1734 | \brief the minimum size that any GUI element that the user can interact
|
---|
| 1735 | with should have
|
---|
| 1736 |
|
---|
| 1737 | For example, no button should be resized to be smaller than the global
|
---|
| 1738 | strut size. The strut size should be considered when reimplementing GUI
|
---|
| 1739 | controls that may be used on touch-screens or similar I/O devices.
|
---|
| 1740 |
|
---|
| 1741 | Example:
|
---|
| 1742 |
|
---|
| 1743 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 3
|
---|
| 1744 |
|
---|
| 1745 | By default, this property contains a QSize object with zero width and height.
|
---|
| 1746 | */
|
---|
| 1747 | QSize QApplication::globalStrut()
|
---|
| 1748 | {
|
---|
| 1749 | return QApplicationPrivate::app_strut;
|
---|
| 1750 | }
|
---|
| 1751 |
|
---|
| 1752 | void QApplication::setGlobalStrut(const QSize& strut)
|
---|
| 1753 | {
|
---|
| 1754 | QApplicationPrivate::app_strut = strut;
|
---|
| 1755 | }
|
---|
| 1756 |
|
---|
| 1757 | /*!
|
---|
| 1758 | Returns the application palette.
|
---|
| 1759 |
|
---|
| 1760 | \sa setPalette(), QWidget::palette()
|
---|
| 1761 | */
|
---|
| 1762 | QPalette QApplication::palette()
|
---|
| 1763 | {
|
---|
| 1764 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::app_pal)
|
---|
| 1765 | QApplicationPrivate::app_pal = new QPalette(Qt::black);
|
---|
| 1766 | return *QApplicationPrivate::app_pal;
|
---|
| 1767 | }
|
---|
| 1768 |
|
---|
| 1769 | /*!
|
---|
| 1770 | \fn QPalette QApplication::palette(const QWidget* widget)
|
---|
| 1771 | \overload
|
---|
| 1772 |
|
---|
| 1773 | If a \a widget is passed, the default palette for the widget's class is
|
---|
| 1774 | returned. This may or may not be the application palette. In most cases
|
---|
| 1775 | there is no special palette for certain types of widgets, but one notable
|
---|
| 1776 | exception is the popup menu under Windows, if the user has defined a
|
---|
| 1777 | special background color for menus in the display settings.
|
---|
| 1778 |
|
---|
| 1779 | \sa setPalette(), QWidget::palette()
|
---|
| 1780 | */
|
---|
| 1781 | QPalette QApplication::palette(const QWidget* w)
|
---|
| 1782 | {
|
---|
| 1783 | PaletteHash *hash = app_palettes();
|
---|
| 1784 | if (w && hash && hash->size()) {
|
---|
| 1785 | QHash<QByteArray, QPalette>::ConstIterator it = hash->constFind(w->metaObject()->className());
|
---|
| 1786 | if (it != hash->constEnd())
|
---|
| 1787 | return *it;
|
---|
| 1788 | for (it = hash->constBegin(); it != hash->constEnd(); ++it) {
|
---|
| 1789 | if (w->inherits(it.key()))
|
---|
| 1790 | return it.value();
|
---|
| 1791 | }
|
---|
| 1792 | }
|
---|
| 1793 | return palette();
|
---|
| 1794 | }
|
---|
| 1795 |
|
---|
| 1796 | /*!
|
---|
| 1797 | \overload
|
---|
| 1798 |
|
---|
| 1799 | Returns the palette for widgets of the given \a className.
|
---|
| 1800 |
|
---|
| 1801 | \sa setPalette(), QWidget::palette()
|
---|
| 1802 | */
|
---|
| 1803 | QPalette QApplication::palette(const char *className)
|
---|
| 1804 | {
|
---|
| 1805 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::app_pal)
|
---|
| 1806 | palette();
|
---|
| 1807 | PaletteHash *hash = app_palettes();
|
---|
| 1808 | if (className && hash && hash->size()) {
|
---|
| 1809 | QHash<QByteArray, QPalette>::ConstIterator it = hash->constFind(className);
|
---|
| 1810 | if (it != hash->constEnd())
|
---|
| 1811 | return *it;
|
---|
| 1812 | }
|
---|
| 1813 | return *QApplicationPrivate::app_pal;
|
---|
| 1814 | }
|
---|
| 1815 |
|
---|
| 1816 | void QApplicationPrivate::setPalette_helper(const QPalette &palette, const char* className, bool clearWidgetPaletteHash)
|
---|
| 1817 | {
|
---|
| 1818 | QPalette pal = palette;
|
---|
| 1819 |
|
---|
| 1820 | if (QApplicationPrivate::app_style)
|
---|
| 1821 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->polish(pal); // NB: non-const reference
|
---|
| 1822 |
|
---|
| 1823 | bool all = false;
|
---|
| 1824 | PaletteHash *hash = app_palettes();
|
---|
| 1825 | if (!className) {
|
---|
| 1826 | if (QApplicationPrivate::app_pal && pal.isCopyOf(*QApplicationPrivate::app_pal))
|
---|
| 1827 | return;
|
---|
| 1828 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::app_pal)
|
---|
| 1829 | QApplicationPrivate::app_pal = new QPalette(pal);
|
---|
| 1830 | else
|
---|
| 1831 | *QApplicationPrivate::app_pal = pal;
|
---|
| 1832 | if (hash && hash->size()) {
|
---|
| 1833 | all = true;
|
---|
| 1834 | if (clearWidgetPaletteHash)
|
---|
| 1835 | hash->clear();
|
---|
| 1836 | }
|
---|
| 1837 | } else if (hash) {
|
---|
| 1838 | hash->insert(className, pal);
|
---|
| 1839 | }
|
---|
| 1840 |
|
---|
| 1841 | if (QApplicationPrivate::is_app_running && !QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing) {
|
---|
| 1842 | // Send ApplicationPaletteChange to qApp itself, and to the widgets.
|
---|
| 1843 | QEvent e(QEvent::ApplicationPaletteChange);
|
---|
| 1844 | QApplication::sendEvent(QApplication::instance(), &e);
|
---|
| 1845 |
|
---|
| 1846 | QWidgetList wids = QApplication::allWidgets();
|
---|
| 1847 | for (QWidgetList::ConstIterator it = wids.constBegin(); it != wids.constEnd(); ++it) {
|
---|
| 1848 | register QWidget *w = *it;
|
---|
| 1849 | if (all || (!className && w->isWindow()) || w->inherits(className)) // matching class
|
---|
| 1850 | QApplication::sendEvent(w, &e);
|
---|
| 1851 | }
|
---|
| 1852 |
|
---|
| 1853 | // Send to all scenes as well.
|
---|
| 1854 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
| 1855 | QList<QGraphicsScene *> &scenes = qApp->d_func()->scene_list;
|
---|
| 1856 | for (QList<QGraphicsScene *>::ConstIterator it = scenes.constBegin();
|
---|
| 1857 | it != scenes.constEnd(); ++it) {
|
---|
| 1858 | QApplication::sendEvent(*it, &e);
|
---|
| 1859 | }
|
---|
| 1860 | #endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
| 1861 | }
|
---|
| 1862 | if (!className && (!QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal || !palette.isCopyOf(*QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal))) {
|
---|
| 1863 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::set_pal)
|
---|
| 1864 | QApplicationPrivate::set_pal = new QPalette(palette);
|
---|
| 1865 | else
|
---|
| 1866 | *QApplicationPrivate::set_pal = palette;
|
---|
| 1867 | }
|
---|
| 1868 | }
|
---|
| 1869 |
|
---|
| 1870 | /*!
|
---|
| 1871 | Changes the default application palette to \a palette.
|
---|
| 1872 |
|
---|
| 1873 | If \a className is passed, the change applies only to widgets that inherit
|
---|
| 1874 | \a className (as reported by QObject::inherits()). If \a className is left
|
---|
| 1875 | 0, the change affects all widgets, thus overriding any previously set class
|
---|
| 1876 | specific palettes.
|
---|
| 1877 |
|
---|
| 1878 | The palette may be changed according to the current GUI style in
|
---|
| 1879 | QStyle::polish().
|
---|
| 1880 |
|
---|
| 1881 | \warning Do not use this function in conjunction with \l{Qt Style Sheets}.
|
---|
| 1882 | When using style sheets, the palette of a widget can be customized using
|
---|
| 1883 | the "color", "background-color", "selection-color",
|
---|
| 1884 | "selection-background-color" and "alternate-background-color".
|
---|
| 1885 |
|
---|
| 1886 | \note Some styles do not use the palette for all drawing, for instance, if
|
---|
| 1887 | they make use of native theme engines. This is the case for the Windows XP,
|
---|
| 1888 | Windows Vista, and Mac OS X styles.
|
---|
| 1889 |
|
---|
| 1890 | \sa QWidget::setPalette(), palette(), QStyle::polish()
|
---|
| 1891 | */
|
---|
| 1892 |
|
---|
| 1893 | void QApplication::setPalette(const QPalette &palette, const char* className)
|
---|
| 1894 | {
|
---|
| 1895 | QApplicationPrivate::setPalette_helper(palette, className, /*clearWidgetPaletteHash=*/ true);
|
---|
| 1896 | }
|
---|
| 1897 |
|
---|
| 1898 |
|
---|
| 1899 |
|
---|
| 1900 | void QApplicationPrivate::setSystemPalette(const QPalette &pal)
|
---|
| 1901 | {
|
---|
| 1902 | QPalette adjusted;
|
---|
| 1903 |
|
---|
| 1904 | #if 0
|
---|
| 1905 | // adjust the system palette to avoid dithering
|
---|
| 1906 | QColormap cmap = QColormap::instance();
|
---|
| 1907 | if (cmap.depths() > 4 && cmap.depths() < 24) {
|
---|
| 1908 | for (int g = 0; g < QPalette::NColorGroups; g++)
|
---|
| 1909 | for (int i = 0; i < QPalette::NColorRoles; i++) {
|
---|
| 1910 | QColor color = pal.color((QPalette::ColorGroup)g, (QPalette::ColorRole)i);
|
---|
| 1911 | color = cmap.colorAt(cmap.pixel(color));
|
---|
| 1912 | adjusted.setColor((QPalette::ColorGroup)g, (QPalette::ColorRole) i, color);
|
---|
| 1913 | }
|
---|
| 1914 | }
|
---|
| 1915 | #else
|
---|
| 1916 | adjusted = pal;
|
---|
| 1917 | #endif
|
---|
| 1918 |
|
---|
| 1919 | if (!sys_pal)
|
---|
| 1920 | sys_pal = new QPalette(adjusted);
|
---|
| 1921 | else
|
---|
| 1922 | *sys_pal = adjusted;
|
---|
| 1923 |
|
---|
| 1924 |
|
---|
| 1925 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::set_pal)
|
---|
| 1926 | QApplication::setPalette(*sys_pal);
|
---|
| 1927 | }
|
---|
| 1928 |
|
---|
| 1929 | /*!
|
---|
| 1930 | Returns the default application font.
|
---|
| 1931 |
|
---|
| 1932 | \sa fontMetrics(), QWidget::font()
|
---|
| 1933 | */
|
---|
| 1934 | QFont QApplication::font()
|
---|
| 1935 | {
|
---|
| 1936 | QMutexLocker locker(applicationFontMutex());
|
---|
| 1937 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::app_font)
|
---|
| 1938 | QApplicationPrivate::app_font = new QFont(QLatin1String("Helvetica"));
|
---|
| 1939 | return *QApplicationPrivate::app_font;
|
---|
| 1940 | }
|
---|
| 1941 |
|
---|
| 1942 | /*!
|
---|
| 1943 | \overload
|
---|
| 1944 |
|
---|
| 1945 | Returns the default font for the \a widget.
|
---|
| 1946 |
|
---|
| 1947 | \sa fontMetrics(), QWidget::setFont()
|
---|
| 1948 | */
|
---|
| 1949 |
|
---|
| 1950 | QFont QApplication::font(const QWidget *widget)
|
---|
| 1951 | {
|
---|
| 1952 | FontHash *hash = app_fonts();
|
---|
| 1953 |
|
---|
| 1954 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
---|
| 1955 | // short circuit for small and mini controls
|
---|
| 1956 | if (widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_MacSmallSize)) {
|
---|
| 1957 | return hash->value("QSmallFont");
|
---|
| 1958 | } else if (widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_MacMiniSize)) {
|
---|
| 1959 | return hash->value("QMiniFont");
|
---|
| 1960 | }
|
---|
| 1961 | #endif
|
---|
| 1962 | if (widget && hash && hash->size()) {
|
---|
| 1963 | QHash<QByteArray, QFont>::ConstIterator it =
|
---|
| 1964 | hash->constFind(widget->metaObject()->className());
|
---|
| 1965 | if (it != hash->constEnd())
|
---|
| 1966 | return it.value();
|
---|
| 1967 | for (it = hash->constBegin(); it != hash->constEnd(); ++it) {
|
---|
| 1968 | if (widget->inherits(it.key()))
|
---|
| 1969 | return it.value();
|
---|
| 1970 | }
|
---|
| 1971 | }
|
---|
| 1972 | return font();
|
---|
| 1973 | }
|
---|
| 1974 |
|
---|
| 1975 | /*!
|
---|
| 1976 | \overload
|
---|
| 1977 |
|
---|
| 1978 | Returns the font for widgets of the given \a className.
|
---|
| 1979 |
|
---|
| 1980 | \sa setFont(), QWidget::font()
|
---|
| 1981 | */
|
---|
| 1982 | QFont QApplication::font(const char *className)
|
---|
| 1983 | {
|
---|
| 1984 | FontHash *hash = app_fonts();
|
---|
| 1985 | if (className && hash && hash->size()) {
|
---|
| 1986 | QHash<QByteArray, QFont>::ConstIterator it = hash->constFind(className);
|
---|
| 1987 | if (it != hash->constEnd())
|
---|
| 1988 | return *it;
|
---|
| 1989 | }
|
---|
| 1990 | return font();
|
---|
| 1991 | }
|
---|
| 1992 |
|
---|
| 1993 |
|
---|
| 1994 | /*!
|
---|
| 1995 | Changes the default application font to \a font. If \a className is passed,
|
---|
| 1996 | the change applies only to classes that inherit \a className (as reported
|
---|
| 1997 | by QObject::inherits()).
|
---|
| 1998 |
|
---|
| 1999 | On application start-up, the default font depends on the window system. It
|
---|
| 2000 | can vary depending on both the window system version and the locale. This
|
---|
| 2001 | function lets you override the default font; but overriding may be a bad
|
---|
| 2002 | idea because, for example, some locales need extra large fonts to support
|
---|
| 2003 | their special characters.
|
---|
| 2004 |
|
---|
| 2005 | \warning Do not use this function in conjunction with \l{Qt Style Sheets}.
|
---|
| 2006 | The font of an application can be customized using the "font" style sheet
|
---|
| 2007 | property. To set a bold font for all QPushButtons, set the application
|
---|
| 2008 | styleSheet() as "QPushButton { font: bold }"
|
---|
| 2009 |
|
---|
| 2010 | \sa font(), fontMetrics(), QWidget::setFont()
|
---|
| 2011 | */
|
---|
| 2012 |
|
---|
| 2013 | void QApplication::setFont(const QFont &font, const char *className)
|
---|
| 2014 | {
|
---|
| 2015 | bool all = false;
|
---|
| 2016 | FontHash *hash = app_fonts();
|
---|
| 2017 | if (!className) {
|
---|
| 2018 | QMutexLocker locker(applicationFontMutex());
|
---|
| 2019 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::app_font)
|
---|
| 2020 | QApplicationPrivate::app_font = new QFont(font);
|
---|
| 2021 | else
|
---|
| 2022 | *QApplicationPrivate::app_font = font;
|
---|
| 2023 | if (hash && hash->size()) {
|
---|
| 2024 | all = true;
|
---|
| 2025 | hash->clear();
|
---|
| 2026 | }
|
---|
| 2027 | } else if (hash) {
|
---|
| 2028 | hash->insert(className, font);
|
---|
| 2029 | }
|
---|
| 2030 | if (QApplicationPrivate::is_app_running && !QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing) {
|
---|
| 2031 | // Send ApplicationFontChange to qApp itself, and to the widgets.
|
---|
| 2032 | QEvent e(QEvent::ApplicationFontChange);
|
---|
| 2033 | QApplication::sendEvent(QApplication::instance(), &e);
|
---|
| 2034 |
|
---|
| 2035 | QWidgetList wids = QApplication::allWidgets();
|
---|
| 2036 | for (QWidgetList::ConstIterator it = wids.constBegin(); it != wids.constEnd(); ++it) {
|
---|
| 2037 | register QWidget *w = *it;
|
---|
| 2038 | if (all || (!className && w->isWindow()) || w->inherits(className)) // matching class
|
---|
| 2039 | sendEvent(w, &e);
|
---|
| 2040 | }
|
---|
| 2041 |
|
---|
| 2042 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
| 2043 | // Send to all scenes as well.
|
---|
| 2044 | QList<QGraphicsScene *> &scenes = qApp->d_func()->scene_list;
|
---|
| 2045 | for (QList<QGraphicsScene *>::ConstIterator it = scenes.constBegin();
|
---|
| 2046 | it != scenes.constEnd(); ++it) {
|
---|
| 2047 | QApplication::sendEvent(*it, &e);
|
---|
| 2048 | }
|
---|
| 2049 | #endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
| 2050 | }
|
---|
| 2051 | if (!className && (!QApplicationPrivate::sys_font || !font.isCopyOf(*QApplicationPrivate::sys_font))) {
|
---|
| 2052 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::set_font)
|
---|
| 2053 | QApplicationPrivate::set_font = new QFont(font);
|
---|
| 2054 | else
|
---|
| 2055 | *QApplicationPrivate::set_font = font;
|
---|
| 2056 | }
|
---|
| 2057 | }
|
---|
| 2058 |
|
---|
| 2059 | /*! \internal
|
---|
| 2060 | */
|
---|
| 2061 | void QApplicationPrivate::setSystemFont(const QFont &font)
|
---|
| 2062 | {
|
---|
| 2063 | if (!sys_font)
|
---|
| 2064 | sys_font = new QFont(font);
|
---|
| 2065 | else
|
---|
| 2066 | *sys_font = font;
|
---|
| 2067 |
|
---|
| 2068 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::set_font)
|
---|
| 2069 | QApplication::setFont(*sys_font);
|
---|
| 2070 | }
|
---|
| 2071 |
|
---|
[561] | 2072 | /*! \internal
|
---|
| 2073 | */
|
---|
| 2074 | QString QApplicationPrivate::desktopStyleKey()
|
---|
| 2075 | {
|
---|
| 2076 | return qt_guiPlatformPlugin()->styleName();
|
---|
| 2077 | }
|
---|
| 2078 |
|
---|
[2] | 2079 | /*!
|
---|
| 2080 | \property QApplication::windowIcon
|
---|
| 2081 | \brief the default window icon
|
---|
| 2082 |
|
---|
| 2083 | \sa QWidget::setWindowIcon(), {Setting the Application Icon}
|
---|
| 2084 | */
|
---|
| 2085 | QIcon QApplication::windowIcon()
|
---|
| 2086 | {
|
---|
| 2087 | return QApplicationPrivate::app_icon ? *QApplicationPrivate::app_icon : QIcon();
|
---|
| 2088 | }
|
---|
| 2089 |
|
---|
| 2090 | void QApplication::setWindowIcon(const QIcon &icon)
|
---|
| 2091 | {
|
---|
| 2092 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::app_icon)
|
---|
| 2093 | QApplicationPrivate::app_icon = new QIcon();
|
---|
| 2094 | *QApplicationPrivate::app_icon = icon;
|
---|
| 2095 | if (QApplicationPrivate::is_app_running && !QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing) {
|
---|
| 2096 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
---|
| 2097 | void qt_mac_set_app_icon(const QPixmap &); //qapplication_mac.cpp
|
---|
| 2098 | QSize size = QApplicationPrivate::app_icon->actualSize(QSize(128, 128));
|
---|
| 2099 | qt_mac_set_app_icon(QApplicationPrivate::app_icon->pixmap(size));
|
---|
| 2100 | #endif
|
---|
| 2101 | QEvent e(QEvent::ApplicationWindowIconChange);
|
---|
| 2102 | QWidgetList all = QApplication::allWidgets();
|
---|
| 2103 | for (QWidgetList::ConstIterator it = all.constBegin(); it != all.constEnd(); ++it) {
|
---|
| 2104 | register QWidget *w = *it;
|
---|
| 2105 | if (w->isWindow())
|
---|
| 2106 | sendEvent(w, &e);
|
---|
| 2107 | }
|
---|
| 2108 | }
|
---|
| 2109 | }
|
---|
| 2110 |
|
---|
| 2111 | /*!
|
---|
| 2112 | Returns a list of the top-level widgets (windows) in the application.
|
---|
| 2113 |
|
---|
| 2114 | \note Some of the top-level widgets may be hidden, for example a tooltip if
|
---|
| 2115 | no tooltip is currently shown.
|
---|
| 2116 |
|
---|
| 2117 | Example:
|
---|
| 2118 |
|
---|
| 2119 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 4
|
---|
| 2120 |
|
---|
| 2121 | \sa allWidgets(), QWidget::isWindow(), QWidget::isHidden()
|
---|
| 2122 | */
|
---|
| 2123 | QWidgetList QApplication::topLevelWidgets()
|
---|
| 2124 | {
|
---|
| 2125 | QWidgetList list;
|
---|
| 2126 | QWidgetList all = allWidgets();
|
---|
| 2127 |
|
---|
| 2128 | for (QWidgetList::ConstIterator it = all.constBegin(); it != all.constEnd(); ++it) {
|
---|
| 2129 | QWidget *w = *it;
|
---|
| 2130 | if (w->isWindow() && w->windowType() != Qt::Desktop)
|
---|
| 2131 | list.append(w);
|
---|
| 2132 | }
|
---|
| 2133 | return list;
|
---|
| 2134 | }
|
---|
| 2135 |
|
---|
| 2136 | /*!
|
---|
| 2137 | Returns a list of all the widgets in the application.
|
---|
| 2138 |
|
---|
| 2139 | The list is empty (QList::isEmpty()) if there are no widgets.
|
---|
| 2140 |
|
---|
| 2141 | \note Some of the widgets may be hidden.
|
---|
| 2142 |
|
---|
| 2143 | Example:
|
---|
| 2144 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 5
|
---|
| 2145 |
|
---|
| 2146 | \sa topLevelWidgets(), QWidget::isVisible()
|
---|
| 2147 | */
|
---|
| 2148 |
|
---|
| 2149 | QWidgetList QApplication::allWidgets()
|
---|
| 2150 | {
|
---|
[561] | 2151 | if (QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets)
|
---|
| 2152 | return QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets->toList();
|
---|
| 2153 | return QWidgetList();
|
---|
[2] | 2154 | }
|
---|
| 2155 |
|
---|
| 2156 | /*!
|
---|
| 2157 | Returns the application widget that has the keyboard input focus, or 0 if
|
---|
| 2158 | no widget in this application has the focus.
|
---|
| 2159 |
|
---|
| 2160 | \sa QWidget::setFocus(), QWidget::hasFocus(), activeWindow(), focusChanged()
|
---|
| 2161 | */
|
---|
| 2162 |
|
---|
| 2163 | QWidget *QApplication::focusWidget()
|
---|
| 2164 | {
|
---|
| 2165 | return QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget;
|
---|
| 2166 | }
|
---|
| 2167 |
|
---|
| 2168 | void QApplicationPrivate::setFocusWidget(QWidget *focus, Qt::FocusReason reason)
|
---|
| 2169 | {
|
---|
| 2170 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
[561] | 2171 | if (focus && focus->window()->graphicsProxyWidget())
|
---|
| 2172 | return;
|
---|
[2] | 2173 | #endif
|
---|
| 2174 |
|
---|
| 2175 | hidden_focus_widget = 0;
|
---|
| 2176 |
|
---|
| 2177 | if (focus != focus_widget) {
|
---|
| 2178 | if (focus && focus->isHidden()) {
|
---|
| 2179 | hidden_focus_widget = focus;
|
---|
| 2180 | return;
|
---|
| 2181 | }
|
---|
| 2182 |
|
---|
| 2183 | if (focus && (reason == Qt::BacktabFocusReason || reason == Qt::TabFocusReason)
|
---|
| 2184 | && qt_in_tab_key_event)
|
---|
| 2185 | focus->window()->setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange);
|
---|
| 2186 | else if (focus && reason == Qt::ShortcutFocusReason) {
|
---|
| 2187 | focus->window()->setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange);
|
---|
| 2188 | }
|
---|
| 2189 | QWidget *prev = focus_widget;
|
---|
| 2190 | focus_widget = focus;
|
---|
[95] | 2191 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
---|
[2] | 2192 | if (prev && ((reason != Qt::PopupFocusReason && reason != Qt::MenuBarFocusReason
|
---|
| 2193 | && prev->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled))
|
---|
| 2194 | // Do reset the input context, in case the new focus widget won't accept keyboard input
|
---|
| 2195 | // or it is not created fully yet.
|
---|
| 2196 | || (focus_widget && (!focus_widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)
|
---|
| 2197 | || !focus_widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))))) {
|
---|
| 2198 | QInputContext *qic = prev->inputContext();
|
---|
| 2199 | if(qic) {
|
---|
| 2200 | qic->reset();
|
---|
| 2201 | qic->setFocusWidget(0);
|
---|
| 2202 | }
|
---|
| 2203 | }
|
---|
[561] | 2204 | #endif //QT_NO_IM
|
---|
[2] | 2205 |
|
---|
| 2206 | if(focus_widget)
|
---|
| 2207 | focus_widget->d_func()->setFocus_sys();
|
---|
| 2208 |
|
---|
| 2209 | if (reason != Qt::NoFocusReason) {
|
---|
| 2210 |
|
---|
| 2211 | //send events
|
---|
| 2212 | if (prev) {
|
---|
| 2213 | #ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
|
---|
| 2214 | if (QApplication::keypadNavigationEnabled()) {
|
---|
[561] | 2215 | if (prev->hasEditFocus() && reason != Qt::PopupFocusReason
|
---|
| 2216 | #ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
|
---|
| 2217 | && reason != Qt::ActiveWindowFocusReason
|
---|
| 2218 | #endif
|
---|
| 2219 | )
|
---|
[2] | 2220 | prev->setEditFocus(false);
|
---|
| 2221 | }
|
---|
| 2222 | #endif
|
---|
[561] | 2223 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
---|
| 2224 | if (focus) {
|
---|
| 2225 | QInputContext *prevIc;
|
---|
| 2226 | prevIc = prev->inputContext();
|
---|
| 2227 | if (prevIc && prevIc != focus->inputContext()) {
|
---|
| 2228 | QEvent closeSIPEvent(QEvent::CloseSoftwareInputPanel);
|
---|
| 2229 | QApplication::sendEvent(prev, &closeSIPEvent);
|
---|
| 2230 | }
|
---|
| 2231 | }
|
---|
| 2232 | #endif
|
---|
[2] | 2233 | QFocusEvent out(QEvent::FocusOut, reason);
|
---|
| 2234 | QPointer<QWidget> that = prev;
|
---|
| 2235 | QApplication::sendEvent(prev, &out);
|
---|
| 2236 | if (that)
|
---|
| 2237 | QApplication::sendEvent(that->style(), &out);
|
---|
| 2238 | }
|
---|
| 2239 | if(focus && QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget == focus) {
|
---|
[95] | 2240 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
---|
[2] | 2241 | if (focus->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)) {
|
---|
| 2242 | QInputContext *qic = focus->inputContext();
|
---|
[561] | 2243 | if (qic && focus->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)
|
---|
| 2244 | && focus->isEnabled())
|
---|
| 2245 | qic->setFocusWidget(focus);
|
---|
[2] | 2246 | }
|
---|
[561] | 2247 | #endif //QT_NO_IM
|
---|
[2] | 2248 | QFocusEvent in(QEvent::FocusIn, reason);
|
---|
| 2249 | QPointer<QWidget> that = focus;
|
---|
| 2250 | QApplication::sendEvent(focus, &in);
|
---|
| 2251 | if (that)
|
---|
| 2252 | QApplication::sendEvent(that->style(), &in);
|
---|
| 2253 | }
|
---|
[561] | 2254 | emit qApp->focusChanged(prev, focus_widget);
|
---|
[2] | 2255 | }
|
---|
| 2256 | }
|
---|
| 2257 | }
|
---|
| 2258 |
|
---|
| 2259 |
|
---|
| 2260 | /*!
|
---|
| 2261 | Returns the application top-level window that has the keyboard input focus,
|
---|
| 2262 | or 0 if no application window has the focus. There might be an
|
---|
| 2263 | activeWindow() even if there is no focusWidget(), for example if no widget
|
---|
| 2264 | in that window accepts key events.
|
---|
| 2265 |
|
---|
| 2266 | \sa QWidget::setFocus(), QWidget::hasFocus(), focusWidget()
|
---|
| 2267 | */
|
---|
| 2268 |
|
---|
| 2269 | QWidget *QApplication::activeWindow()
|
---|
| 2270 | {
|
---|
| 2271 | return QApplicationPrivate::active_window;
|
---|
| 2272 | }
|
---|
| 2273 |
|
---|
| 2274 | /*!
|
---|
| 2275 | Returns display (screen) font metrics for the application font.
|
---|
| 2276 |
|
---|
| 2277 | \sa font(), setFont(), QWidget::fontMetrics(), QPainter::fontMetrics()
|
---|
| 2278 | */
|
---|
| 2279 |
|
---|
| 2280 | QFontMetrics QApplication::fontMetrics()
|
---|
| 2281 | {
|
---|
| 2282 | return desktop()->fontMetrics();
|
---|
| 2283 | }
|
---|
| 2284 |
|
---|
| 2285 |
|
---|
| 2286 | /*!
|
---|
| 2287 | Closes all top-level windows.
|
---|
| 2288 |
|
---|
| 2289 | This function is particularly useful for applications with many top-level
|
---|
| 2290 | windows. It could, for example, be connected to a \gui{Exit} entry in the
|
---|
| 2291 | \gui{File} menu:
|
---|
| 2292 |
|
---|
| 2293 | \snippet examples/mainwindows/mdi/mainwindow.cpp 0
|
---|
| 2294 |
|
---|
| 2295 | The windows are closed in random order, until one window does not accept
|
---|
| 2296 | the close event. The application quits when the last window was
|
---|
| 2297 | successfully closed; this can be turned off by setting
|
---|
| 2298 | \l quitOnLastWindowClosed to false.
|
---|
| 2299 |
|
---|
| 2300 | \sa quitOnLastWindowClosed, lastWindowClosed(), QWidget::close(),
|
---|
| 2301 | QWidget::closeEvent(), lastWindowClosed(), quit(), topLevelWidgets(),
|
---|
| 2302 | QWidget::isWindow()
|
---|
| 2303 | */
|
---|
| 2304 | void QApplication::closeAllWindows()
|
---|
| 2305 | {
|
---|
| 2306 | bool did_close = true;
|
---|
| 2307 | QWidget *w;
|
---|
[846] | 2308 | while ((w = activeModalWidget()) && did_close) {
|
---|
| 2309 | if (!w->isVisible() || w->data->is_closing)
|
---|
[2] | 2310 | break;
|
---|
| 2311 | did_close = w->close();
|
---|
| 2312 | }
|
---|
| 2313 | QWidgetList list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
| 2314 | for (int i = 0; did_close && i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 2315 | w = list.at(i);
|
---|
[846] | 2316 | if (w->isVisible()
|
---|
| 2317 | && w->windowType() != Qt::Desktop
|
---|
| 2318 | && !w->data->is_closing) {
|
---|
[2] | 2319 | did_close = w->close();
|
---|
| 2320 | list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
| 2321 | i = -1;
|
---|
| 2322 | }
|
---|
| 2323 | }
|
---|
| 2324 | }
|
---|
| 2325 |
|
---|
| 2326 | /*!
|
---|
| 2327 | Displays a simple message box about Qt. The message includes the version
|
---|
| 2328 | number of Qt being used by the application.
|
---|
| 2329 |
|
---|
| 2330 | This is useful for inclusion in the \gui Help menu of an application, as
|
---|
| 2331 | shown in the \l{mainwindows/menus}{Menus} example.
|
---|
| 2332 |
|
---|
| 2333 | This function is a convenience slot for QMessageBox::aboutQt().
|
---|
| 2334 | */
|
---|
| 2335 | void QApplication::aboutQt()
|
---|
| 2336 | {
|
---|
| 2337 | #ifndef QT_NO_MESSAGEBOX
|
---|
| 2338 | QMessageBox::aboutQt(
|
---|
| 2339 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
---|
| 2340 | 0
|
---|
| 2341 | #else
|
---|
| 2342 | activeWindow()
|
---|
| 2343 | #endif // Q_WS_MAC
|
---|
| 2344 | );
|
---|
| 2345 | #endif // QT_NO_MESSAGEBOX
|
---|
| 2346 | }
|
---|
| 2347 |
|
---|
| 2348 |
|
---|
| 2349 | /*!
|
---|
| 2350 | \fn void QApplication::lastWindowClosed()
|
---|
| 2351 |
|
---|
| 2352 | This signal is emitted from QApplication::exec() when the last visible
|
---|
| 2353 | primary window (i.e. window with no parent) with the Qt::WA_QuitOnClose
|
---|
| 2354 | attribute set is closed.
|
---|
| 2355 |
|
---|
| 2356 | By default,
|
---|
| 2357 |
|
---|
| 2358 | \list
|
---|
| 2359 | \o this attribute is set for all widgets except transient windows such
|
---|
| 2360 | as splash screens, tool windows, and popup menus
|
---|
| 2361 |
|
---|
| 2362 | \o QApplication implicitly quits when this signal is emitted.
|
---|
| 2363 | \endlist
|
---|
| 2364 |
|
---|
| 2365 | This feature can be turned off by setting \l quitOnLastWindowClosed to
|
---|
| 2366 | false.
|
---|
| 2367 |
|
---|
| 2368 | \sa QWidget::close()
|
---|
| 2369 | */
|
---|
| 2370 |
|
---|
| 2371 | /*!
|
---|
| 2372 | \since 4.1
|
---|
| 2373 | \fn void QApplication::focusChanged(QWidget *old, QWidget *now)
|
---|
| 2374 |
|
---|
| 2375 | This signal is emitted when the widget that has keyboard focus changed from
|
---|
| 2376 | \a old to \a now, i.e., because the user pressed the tab-key, clicked into
|
---|
| 2377 | a widget or changed the active window. Both \a old and \a now can be the
|
---|
| 2378 | null-pointer.
|
---|
| 2379 |
|
---|
| 2380 | The signal is emitted after both widget have been notified about the change
|
---|
| 2381 | through QFocusEvent.
|
---|
| 2382 |
|
---|
| 2383 | \sa QWidget::setFocus(), QWidget::clearFocus(), Qt::FocusReason
|
---|
| 2384 | */
|
---|
| 2385 |
|
---|
| 2386 | /*!
|
---|
| 2387 | \since 4.5
|
---|
| 2388 | \fn void QApplication::fontDatabaseChanged()
|
---|
| 2389 |
|
---|
| 2390 | This signal is emitted when application fonts are loaded or removed.
|
---|
| 2391 |
|
---|
| 2392 | \sa QFontDatabase::addApplicationFont(),
|
---|
| 2393 | QFontDatabase::addApplicationFontFromData(),
|
---|
| 2394 | QFontDatabase::removeAllApplicationFonts(),
|
---|
| 2395 | QFontDatabase::removeApplicationFont()
|
---|
| 2396 | */
|
---|
| 2397 |
|
---|
| 2398 | #ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
|
---|
| 2399 | static bool qt_detectRTLLanguage()
|
---|
| 2400 | {
|
---|
| 2401 | return force_reverse ^
|
---|
| 2402 | (QApplication::tr("QT_LAYOUT_DIRECTION",
|
---|
| 2403 | "Translate this string to the string 'LTR' in left-to-right"
|
---|
| 2404 | " languages or to 'RTL' in right-to-left languages (such as Hebrew"
|
---|
| 2405 | " and Arabic) to get proper widget layout.") == QLatin1String("RTL"));
|
---|
| 2406 | }
|
---|
[846] | 2407 | #if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
|
---|
| 2408 | static const char *application_menu_strings[] = {
|
---|
| 2409 | QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("MAC_APPLICATION_MENU","Services"),
|
---|
| 2410 | QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("MAC_APPLICATION_MENU","Hide %1"),
|
---|
| 2411 | QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("MAC_APPLICATION_MENU","Hide Others"),
|
---|
| 2412 | QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("MAC_APPLICATION_MENU","Show All"),
|
---|
| 2413 | QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("MAC_APPLICATION_MENU","Preferences..."),
|
---|
| 2414 | QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("MAC_APPLICATION_MENU","Quit %1"),
|
---|
| 2415 | QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("MAC_APPLICATION_MENU","About %1")
|
---|
| 2416 | };
|
---|
| 2417 | QString qt_mac_applicationmenu_string(int type)
|
---|
| 2418 | {
|
---|
| 2419 | QString menuString = QString::fromLatin1(application_menu_strings[type]);
|
---|
| 2420 | QString translated = qApp->translate("QMenuBar", application_menu_strings[type]);
|
---|
| 2421 | if (translated != menuString)
|
---|
| 2422 | return translated;
|
---|
| 2423 | else
|
---|
| 2424 | return qApp->translate("MAC_APPLICATION_MENU",
|
---|
| 2425 | application_menu_strings[type]);
|
---|
| 2426 | }
|
---|
[2] | 2427 | #endif
|
---|
[846] | 2428 | #endif
|
---|
[2] | 2429 |
|
---|
| 2430 | /*!\reimp
|
---|
| 2431 |
|
---|
| 2432 | */
|
---|
| 2433 | bool QApplication::event(QEvent *e)
|
---|
| 2434 | {
|
---|
| 2435 | Q_D(QApplication);
|
---|
| 2436 | if(e->type() == QEvent::Close) {
|
---|
| 2437 | QCloseEvent *ce = static_cast<QCloseEvent*>(e);
|
---|
| 2438 | ce->accept();
|
---|
| 2439 | closeAllWindows();
|
---|
| 2440 |
|
---|
| 2441 | QWidgetList list = topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
| 2442 | for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 2443 | QWidget *w = list.at(i);
|
---|
| 2444 | if (w->isVisible() && !(w->windowType() == Qt::Desktop) && !(w->windowType() == Qt::Popup) &&
|
---|
| 2445 | (!(w->windowType() == Qt::Dialog) || !w->parentWidget())) {
|
---|
| 2446 | ce->ignore();
|
---|
| 2447 | break;
|
---|
| 2448 | }
|
---|
| 2449 | }
|
---|
| 2450 | if(ce->isAccepted())
|
---|
| 2451 | return true;
|
---|
| 2452 | } else if(e->type() == QEvent::LanguageChange) {
|
---|
| 2453 | #ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
|
---|
| 2454 | setLayoutDirection(qt_detectRTLLanguage()?Qt::RightToLeft:Qt::LeftToRight);
|
---|
| 2455 | #endif
|
---|
[846] | 2456 | #if defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA)
|
---|
| 2457 | qt_mac_post_retranslateAppMenu();
|
---|
| 2458 | #endif
|
---|
[2] | 2459 | QWidgetList list = topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
| 2460 | for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 2461 | QWidget *w = list.at(i);
|
---|
| 2462 | if (!(w->windowType() == Qt::Desktop))
|
---|
| 2463 | postEvent(w, new QEvent(QEvent::LanguageChange));
|
---|
| 2464 | }
|
---|
[846] | 2465 | #ifndef Q_OS_WIN
|
---|
| 2466 | } else if (e->type() == QEvent::LocaleChange) {
|
---|
| 2467 | // on Windows the event propagation is taken care by the
|
---|
| 2468 | // WM_SETTINGCHANGE event handler.
|
---|
| 2469 | QWidgetList list = topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
| 2470 | for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 2471 | QWidget *w = list.at(i);
|
---|
| 2472 | if (!(w->windowType() == Qt::Desktop)) {
|
---|
| 2473 | if (!w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLocale))
|
---|
| 2474 | w->d_func()->setLocale_helper(QLocale(), true);
|
---|
| 2475 | }
|
---|
| 2476 | }
|
---|
| 2477 | #endif
|
---|
[2] | 2478 | } else if (e->type() == QEvent::Timer) {
|
---|
| 2479 | QTimerEvent *te = static_cast<QTimerEvent*>(e);
|
---|
| 2480 | Q_ASSERT(te != 0);
|
---|
| 2481 | if (te->timerId() == d->toolTipWakeUp.timerId()) {
|
---|
| 2482 | d->toolTipWakeUp.stop();
|
---|
| 2483 | if (d->toolTipWidget) {
|
---|
| 2484 | QWidget *w = d->toolTipWidget->window();
|
---|
| 2485 | // show tooltip if WA_AlwaysShowToolTips is set, or if
|
---|
| 2486 | // any ancestor of d->toolTipWidget is the active
|
---|
| 2487 | // window
|
---|
| 2488 | bool showToolTip = w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_AlwaysShowToolTips);
|
---|
| 2489 | while (w && !showToolTip) {
|
---|
| 2490 | showToolTip = w->isActiveWindow();
|
---|
| 2491 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 2492 | w = w ? w->window() : 0;
|
---|
| 2493 | }
|
---|
| 2494 | if (showToolTip) {
|
---|
| 2495 | QHelpEvent e(QEvent::ToolTip, d->toolTipPos, d->toolTipGlobalPos);
|
---|
| 2496 | QApplication::sendEvent(d->toolTipWidget, &e);
|
---|
| 2497 | if (e.isAccepted())
|
---|
| 2498 | d->toolTipFallAsleep.start(2000, this);
|
---|
| 2499 | }
|
---|
| 2500 | }
|
---|
| 2501 | } else if (te->timerId() == d->toolTipFallAsleep.timerId()) {
|
---|
| 2502 | d->toolTipFallAsleep.stop();
|
---|
| 2503 | }
|
---|
| 2504 | }
|
---|
| 2505 | return QCoreApplication::event(e);
|
---|
| 2506 | }
|
---|
| 2507 | #if !defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
---|
| 2508 |
|
---|
| 2509 | // The doc and X implementation of this function is in qapplication_x11.cpp
|
---|
| 2510 |
|
---|
| 2511 | void QApplication::syncX() {} // do nothing
|
---|
| 2512 |
|
---|
| 2513 | #endif
|
---|
| 2514 |
|
---|
| 2515 | /*!
|
---|
| 2516 | \fn Qt::WindowsVersion QApplication::winVersion()
|
---|
| 2517 |
|
---|
| 2518 | Use \l QSysInfo::WindowsVersion instead.
|
---|
| 2519 | */
|
---|
| 2520 |
|
---|
| 2521 | /*!
|
---|
| 2522 | \fn void QApplication::setActiveWindow(QWidget* active)
|
---|
| 2523 |
|
---|
| 2524 | Sets the active window to the \a active widget in response to a system
|
---|
| 2525 | event. The function is called from the platform specific event handlers.
|
---|
| 2526 |
|
---|
| 2527 | \warning This function does \e not set the keyboard focus to the active
|
---|
| 2528 | widget. Call QWidget::activateWindow() instead.
|
---|
| 2529 |
|
---|
| 2530 | It sets the activeWindow() and focusWidget() attributes and sends proper
|
---|
| 2531 | \l{QEvent::WindowActivate}{WindowActivate}/\l{QEvent::WindowDeactivate}
|
---|
| 2532 | {WindowDeactivate} and \l{QEvent::FocusIn}{FocusIn}/\l{QEvent::FocusOut}
|
---|
| 2533 | {FocusOut} events to all appropriate widgets. The window will then be
|
---|
| 2534 | painted in active state (e.g. cursors in line edits will blink), and it
|
---|
| 2535 | will have tool tips enabled.
|
---|
| 2536 |
|
---|
| 2537 | \sa activeWindow(), QWidget::activateWindow()
|
---|
| 2538 | */
|
---|
| 2539 | void QApplication::setActiveWindow(QWidget* act)
|
---|
| 2540 | {
|
---|
| 2541 | QWidget* window = act?act->window():0;
|
---|
| 2542 |
|
---|
| 2543 | if (QApplicationPrivate::active_window == window)
|
---|
| 2544 | return;
|
---|
| 2545 |
|
---|
| 2546 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
| 2547 | if (window && window->graphicsProxyWidget()) {
|
---|
| 2548 | // Activate the proxy's view->viewport() ?
|
---|
| 2549 | return;
|
---|
| 2550 | }
|
---|
| 2551 | #endif
|
---|
| 2552 |
|
---|
| 2553 | QWidgetList toBeActivated;
|
---|
| 2554 | QWidgetList toBeDeactivated;
|
---|
| 2555 |
|
---|
| 2556 | if (QApplicationPrivate::active_window) {
|
---|
| 2557 | if (style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Widget_ShareActivation, 0, QApplicationPrivate::active_window)) {
|
---|
| 2558 | QWidgetList list = topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
| 2559 | for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 2560 | QWidget *w = list.at(i);
|
---|
| 2561 | if (w->isVisible() && w->isActiveWindow())
|
---|
| 2562 | toBeDeactivated.append(w);
|
---|
| 2563 | }
|
---|
| 2564 | } else {
|
---|
| 2565 | toBeDeactivated.append(QApplicationPrivate::active_window);
|
---|
| 2566 | }
|
---|
| 2567 | }
|
---|
| 2568 |
|
---|
| 2569 | #if !defined(Q_WS_MAC)
|
---|
| 2570 | QWidget *previousActiveWindow = QApplicationPrivate::active_window;
|
---|
| 2571 | #endif
|
---|
| 2572 | QApplicationPrivate::active_window = window;
|
---|
| 2573 |
|
---|
| 2574 | if (QApplicationPrivate::active_window) {
|
---|
| 2575 | if (style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Widget_ShareActivation, 0, QApplicationPrivate::active_window)) {
|
---|
| 2576 | QWidgetList list = topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
| 2577 | for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 2578 | QWidget *w = list.at(i);
|
---|
| 2579 | if (w->isVisible() && w->isActiveWindow())
|
---|
| 2580 | toBeActivated.append(w);
|
---|
| 2581 | }
|
---|
| 2582 | } else {
|
---|
| 2583 | toBeActivated.append(QApplicationPrivate::active_window);
|
---|
| 2584 | }
|
---|
| 2585 |
|
---|
| 2586 | }
|
---|
| 2587 |
|
---|
| 2588 | // first the activation/deactivation events
|
---|
| 2589 | QEvent activationChange(QEvent::ActivationChange);
|
---|
| 2590 | QEvent windowActivate(QEvent::WindowActivate);
|
---|
| 2591 | QEvent windowDeactivate(QEvent::WindowDeactivate);
|
---|
| 2592 |
|
---|
| 2593 | #if !defined(Q_WS_MAC)
|
---|
| 2594 | if (!previousActiveWindow) {
|
---|
| 2595 | QEvent appActivate(QEvent::ApplicationActivate);
|
---|
| 2596 | sendSpontaneousEvent(qApp, &appActivate);
|
---|
| 2597 | }
|
---|
| 2598 | #endif
|
---|
| 2599 |
|
---|
| 2600 | for (int i = 0; i < toBeActivated.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 2601 | QWidget *w = toBeActivated.at(i);
|
---|
| 2602 | sendSpontaneousEvent(w, &windowActivate);
|
---|
| 2603 | sendSpontaneousEvent(w, &activationChange);
|
---|
| 2604 | }
|
---|
| 2605 |
|
---|
[846] | 2606 | #ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
|
---|
| 2607 | // In case the user clicked on a child window, we need to
|
---|
| 2608 | // reestablish the stacking order of the window so
|
---|
| 2609 | // it pops in front of other child windows in cocoa:
|
---|
| 2610 | qt_cocoaStackChildWindowOnTopOfOtherChildren(window);
|
---|
| 2611 | #endif
|
---|
| 2612 |
|
---|
[2] | 2613 | for(int i = 0; i < toBeDeactivated.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 2614 | QWidget *w = toBeDeactivated.at(i);
|
---|
| 2615 | sendSpontaneousEvent(w, &windowDeactivate);
|
---|
| 2616 | sendSpontaneousEvent(w, &activationChange);
|
---|
| 2617 | }
|
---|
| 2618 |
|
---|
| 2619 | #if !defined(Q_WS_MAC)
|
---|
| 2620 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::active_window) {
|
---|
| 2621 | QEvent appDeactivate(QEvent::ApplicationDeactivate);
|
---|
| 2622 | sendSpontaneousEvent(qApp, &appDeactivate);
|
---|
| 2623 | }
|
---|
| 2624 | #endif
|
---|
| 2625 |
|
---|
| 2626 | if (QApplicationPrivate::popupWidgets == 0) { // !inPopupMode()
|
---|
| 2627 | // then focus events
|
---|
| 2628 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::active_window && QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget) {
|
---|
| 2629 | QApplicationPrivate::setFocusWidget(0, Qt::ActiveWindowFocusReason);
|
---|
| 2630 | } else if (QApplicationPrivate::active_window) {
|
---|
| 2631 | QWidget *w = QApplicationPrivate::active_window->focusWidget();
|
---|
| 2632 | if (w && w->isVisible() /*&& w->focusPolicy() != QWidget::NoFocus*/)
|
---|
| 2633 | w->setFocus(Qt::ActiveWindowFocusReason);
|
---|
| 2634 | else {
|
---|
| 2635 | w = QApplicationPrivate::focusNextPrevChild_helper(QApplicationPrivate::active_window, true);
|
---|
| 2636 | if (w) {
|
---|
| 2637 | w->setFocus(Qt::ActiveWindowFocusReason);
|
---|
| 2638 | } else {
|
---|
| 2639 | // If the focus widget is not in the activate_window, clear the focus
|
---|
| 2640 | w = QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget;
|
---|
| 2641 | if (!w && QApplicationPrivate::active_window->focusPolicy() != Qt::NoFocus)
|
---|
| 2642 | QApplicationPrivate::setFocusWidget(QApplicationPrivate::active_window, Qt::ActiveWindowFocusReason);
|
---|
| 2643 | else if (!QApplicationPrivate::active_window->isAncestorOf(w))
|
---|
| 2644 | QApplicationPrivate::setFocusWidget(0, Qt::ActiveWindowFocusReason);
|
---|
| 2645 | }
|
---|
| 2646 | }
|
---|
| 2647 | }
|
---|
| 2648 | }
|
---|
| 2649 | }
|
---|
| 2650 |
|
---|
| 2651 | /*!internal
|
---|
| 2652 | * Helper function that returns the new focus widget, but does not set the focus reason.
|
---|
| 2653 | * Returns 0 if a new focus widget could not be found.
|
---|
[561] | 2654 | * Shared with QGraphicsProxyWidgetPrivate::findFocusChild()
|
---|
[2] | 2655 | */
|
---|
| 2656 | QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::focusNextPrevChild_helper(QWidget *toplevel, bool next)
|
---|
| 2657 | {
|
---|
| 2658 | uint focus_flag = qt_tab_all_widgets ? Qt::TabFocus : Qt::StrongFocus;
|
---|
| 2659 |
|
---|
| 2660 | QWidget *f = toplevel->focusWidget();
|
---|
| 2661 | if (!f)
|
---|
| 2662 | f = toplevel;
|
---|
| 2663 |
|
---|
| 2664 | QWidget *w = f;
|
---|
| 2665 | QWidget *test = f->d_func()->focus_next;
|
---|
| 2666 | while (test && test != f) {
|
---|
| 2667 | if ((test->focusPolicy() & focus_flag) == focus_flag
|
---|
| 2668 | && !(test->d_func()->extra && test->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy)
|
---|
| 2669 | && test->isVisibleTo(toplevel) && test->isEnabled()
|
---|
| 2670 | && !(w->windowType() == Qt::SubWindow && !w->isAncestorOf(test))
|
---|
| 2671 | && (toplevel->windowType() != Qt::SubWindow || toplevel->isAncestorOf(test))) {
|
---|
| 2672 | w = test;
|
---|
| 2673 | if (next)
|
---|
| 2674 | break;
|
---|
| 2675 | }
|
---|
| 2676 | test = test->d_func()->focus_next;
|
---|
| 2677 | }
|
---|
| 2678 | if (w == f) {
|
---|
| 2679 | if (qt_in_tab_key_event) {
|
---|
| 2680 | w->window()->setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange);
|
---|
| 2681 | w->update();
|
---|
| 2682 | }
|
---|
| 2683 | return 0;
|
---|
| 2684 | }
|
---|
| 2685 | return w;
|
---|
| 2686 | }
|
---|
| 2687 |
|
---|
| 2688 | /*!
|
---|
| 2689 | \fn void QApplicationPrivate::dispatchEnterLeave(QWidget* enter, QWidget* leave)
|
---|
| 2690 | \internal
|
---|
| 2691 |
|
---|
| 2692 | Creates the proper Enter/Leave event when widget \a enter is entered and
|
---|
| 2693 | widget \a leave is left.
|
---|
| 2694 | */
|
---|
| 2695 | void QApplicationPrivate::dispatchEnterLeave(QWidget* enter, QWidget* leave) {
|
---|
| 2696 | #if 0
|
---|
| 2697 | if (leave) {
|
---|
| 2698 | QEvent e(QEvent::Leave);
|
---|
| 2699 | QApplication::sendEvent(leave, & e);
|
---|
| 2700 | }
|
---|
| 2701 | if (enter) {
|
---|
| 2702 | QEvent e(QEvent::Enter);
|
---|
| 2703 | QApplication::sendEvent(enter, & e);
|
---|
| 2704 | }
|
---|
| 2705 | return;
|
---|
| 2706 | #endif
|
---|
| 2707 |
|
---|
| 2708 | QWidget* w ;
|
---|
| 2709 | if ((!enter && !leave) || (enter == leave))
|
---|
| 2710 | return;
|
---|
| 2711 | #ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG
|
---|
| 2712 | qDebug() << "QApplicationPrivate::dispatchEnterLeave, ENTER:" << enter << "LEAVE:" << leave;
|
---|
| 2713 | #endif
|
---|
| 2714 | QWidgetList leaveList;
|
---|
| 2715 | QWidgetList enterList;
|
---|
| 2716 |
|
---|
| 2717 | bool sameWindow = leave && enter && leave->window() == enter->window();
|
---|
| 2718 | if (leave && !sameWindow) {
|
---|
| 2719 | w = leave;
|
---|
| 2720 | do {
|
---|
| 2721 | leaveList.append(w);
|
---|
| 2722 | } while (!w->isWindow() && (w = w->parentWidget()));
|
---|
| 2723 | }
|
---|
| 2724 | if (enter && !sameWindow) {
|
---|
| 2725 | w = enter;
|
---|
| 2726 | do {
|
---|
| 2727 | enterList.prepend(w);
|
---|
| 2728 | } while (!w->isWindow() && (w = w->parentWidget()));
|
---|
| 2729 | }
|
---|
| 2730 | if (sameWindow) {
|
---|
| 2731 | int enterDepth = 0;
|
---|
| 2732 | int leaveDepth = 0;
|
---|
| 2733 | w = enter;
|
---|
| 2734 | while (!w->isWindow() && (w = w->parentWidget()))
|
---|
| 2735 | enterDepth++;
|
---|
| 2736 | w = leave;
|
---|
| 2737 | while (!w->isWindow() && (w = w->parentWidget()))
|
---|
| 2738 | leaveDepth++;
|
---|
| 2739 | QWidget* wenter = enter;
|
---|
| 2740 | QWidget* wleave = leave;
|
---|
| 2741 | while (enterDepth > leaveDepth) {
|
---|
| 2742 | wenter = wenter->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 2743 | enterDepth--;
|
---|
| 2744 | }
|
---|
| 2745 | while (leaveDepth > enterDepth) {
|
---|
| 2746 | wleave = wleave->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 2747 | leaveDepth--;
|
---|
| 2748 | }
|
---|
| 2749 | while (!wenter->isWindow() && wenter != wleave) {
|
---|
| 2750 | wenter = wenter->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 2751 | wleave = wleave->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 2752 | }
|
---|
| 2753 |
|
---|
| 2754 | w = leave;
|
---|
| 2755 | while (w != wleave) {
|
---|
| 2756 | leaveList.append(w);
|
---|
| 2757 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 2758 | }
|
---|
| 2759 | w = enter;
|
---|
| 2760 | while (w != wenter) {
|
---|
| 2761 | enterList.prepend(w);
|
---|
| 2762 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 2763 | }
|
---|
| 2764 | }
|
---|
| 2765 |
|
---|
| 2766 | QEvent leaveEvent(QEvent::Leave);
|
---|
| 2767 | for (int i = 0; i < leaveList.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 2768 | w = leaveList.at(i);
|
---|
[561] | 2769 | if (!QApplication::activeModalWidget() || QApplicationPrivate::tryModalHelper(w, 0)) {
|
---|
[92] | 2770 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_PM) || defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
---|
[2] | 2771 | if (leaveAfterRelease == w)
|
---|
| 2772 | leaveAfterRelease = 0;
|
---|
| 2773 | #endif
|
---|
| 2774 | QApplication::sendEvent(w, &leaveEvent);
|
---|
| 2775 | if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_Hover) &&
|
---|
[561] | 2776 | (!QApplication::activePopupWidget() || QApplication::activePopupWidget() == w->window())) {
|
---|
[2] | 2777 | Q_ASSERT(instance());
|
---|
| 2778 | QHoverEvent he(QEvent::HoverLeave, QPoint(-1, -1), w->mapFromGlobal(QApplicationPrivate::instance()->hoverGlobalPos));
|
---|
| 2779 | qApp->d_func()->notify_helper(w, &he);
|
---|
| 2780 | }
|
---|
| 2781 | }
|
---|
| 2782 | }
|
---|
| 2783 | QPoint posEnter = QCursor::pos();
|
---|
| 2784 | QEvent enterEvent(QEvent::Enter);
|
---|
| 2785 | for (int i = 0; i < enterList.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 2786 | w = enterList.at(i);
|
---|
[561] | 2787 | if (!QApplication::activeModalWidget() || QApplicationPrivate::tryModalHelper(w, 0)) {
|
---|
[2] | 2788 | QApplication::sendEvent(w, &enterEvent);
|
---|
| 2789 | if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_Hover) &&
|
---|
[561] | 2790 | (!QApplication::activePopupWidget() || QApplication::activePopupWidget() == w->window())) {
|
---|
[2] | 2791 | QHoverEvent he(QEvent::HoverEnter, w->mapFromGlobal(posEnter), QPoint(-1, -1));
|
---|
| 2792 | qApp->d_func()->notify_helper(w, &he);
|
---|
| 2793 | }
|
---|
| 2794 | }
|
---|
| 2795 | }
|
---|
| 2796 |
|
---|
| 2797 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
| 2798 | // Update cursor for alien/graphics widgets.
|
---|
| 2799 |
|
---|
| 2800 | const bool enterOnAlien = (enter && (isAlien(enter) || enter->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontShowOnScreen)));
|
---|
| 2801 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
---|
| 2802 | //Whenever we leave an alien widget on X11, we need to reset its nativeParentWidget()'s cursor.
|
---|
| 2803 | // This is not required on Windows as the cursor is reset on every single mouse move.
|
---|
| 2804 | QWidget *parentOfLeavingCursor = 0;
|
---|
| 2805 | for (int i = 0; i < leaveList.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 2806 | w = leaveList.at(i);
|
---|
| 2807 | if (!isAlien(w))
|
---|
| 2808 | break;
|
---|
| 2809 | if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor)) {
|
---|
[561] | 2810 | QWidget *parent = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 2811 | while (parent && parent->d_func()->data.in_destructor)
|
---|
| 2812 | parent = parent->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 2813 | parentOfLeavingCursor = parent;
|
---|
[2] | 2814 | //continue looping, we need to find the downest alien widget with a cursor.
|
---|
| 2815 | // (downest on the screen)
|
---|
| 2816 | }
|
---|
| 2817 | }
|
---|
| 2818 | //check that we will not call qt_x11_enforce_cursor twice with the same native widget
|
---|
| 2819 | if (parentOfLeavingCursor && (!enterOnAlien
|
---|
| 2820 | || parentOfLeavingCursor->effectiveWinId() != enter->effectiveWinId())) {
|
---|
| 2821 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
| 2822 | if (!parentOfLeavingCursor->window()->graphicsProxyWidget())
|
---|
| 2823 | #endif
|
---|
| 2824 | {
|
---|
| 2825 | qt_x11_enforce_cursor(parentOfLeavingCursor,true);
|
---|
| 2826 | }
|
---|
| 2827 | }
|
---|
| 2828 | #endif
|
---|
| 2829 | if (enterOnAlien) {
|
---|
| 2830 | QWidget *cursorWidget = enter;
|
---|
| 2831 | while (!cursorWidget->isWindow() && !cursorWidget->isEnabled())
|
---|
| 2832 | cursorWidget = cursorWidget->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 2833 |
|
---|
| 2834 | if (!cursorWidget)
|
---|
| 2835 | return;
|
---|
| 2836 |
|
---|
| 2837 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
| 2838 | if (cursorWidget->window()->graphicsProxyWidget()) {
|
---|
| 2839 | QWidgetPrivate::nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(cursorWidget)->setCursor(cursorWidget->cursor());
|
---|
| 2840 | } else
|
---|
| 2841 | #endif
|
---|
| 2842 | {
|
---|
| 2843 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
| 2844 | qt_win_set_cursor(cursorWidget, true);
|
---|
[561] | 2845 | #elif defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
---|
| 2846 | qt_x11_enforce_cursor(cursorWidget, true);
|
---|
[846] | 2847 | #elif defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
|
---|
[561] | 2848 | qt_symbian_set_cursor(cursorWidget, true);
|
---|
[182] | 2849 | #elif defined(Q_WS_PM)
|
---|
| 2850 | qt_pm_set_cursor(cursorWidget, true);
|
---|
[2] | 2851 | #endif
|
---|
| 2852 | }
|
---|
| 2853 | }
|
---|
| 2854 | #endif
|
---|
| 2855 | }
|
---|
| 2856 |
|
---|
| 2857 | /* exported for the benefit of testing tools */
|
---|
| 2858 | Q_GUI_EXPORT bool qt_tryModalHelper(QWidget *widget, QWidget **rettop)
|
---|
| 2859 | {
|
---|
| 2860 | return QApplicationPrivate::tryModalHelper(widget, rettop);
|
---|
| 2861 | }
|
---|
| 2862 |
|
---|
| 2863 | /*! \internal
|
---|
| 2864 | Returns true if \a widget is blocked by a modal window.
|
---|
| 2865 | */
|
---|
| 2866 | bool QApplicationPrivate::isBlockedByModal(QWidget *widget)
|
---|
| 2867 | {
|
---|
| 2868 | widget = widget->window();
|
---|
| 2869 | if (!modalState())
|
---|
| 2870 | return false;
|
---|
[561] | 2871 | if (QApplication::activePopupWidget() == widget)
|
---|
[2] | 2872 | return false;
|
---|
| 2873 |
|
---|
| 2874 | for (int i = 0; i < qt_modal_stack->size(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 2875 | QWidget *modalWidget = qt_modal_stack->at(i);
|
---|
| 2876 |
|
---|
| 2877 | {
|
---|
| 2878 | // check if the active modal widget is our widget or a parent of our widget
|
---|
| 2879 | QWidget *w = widget;
|
---|
| 2880 | while (w) {
|
---|
| 2881 | if (w == modalWidget)
|
---|
| 2882 | return false;
|
---|
| 2883 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 2884 | }
|
---|
| 2885 | #ifdef Q_WS_WIN
|
---|
| 2886 | if ((widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) || widget->data->winid)
|
---|
| 2887 | && (modalWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) || modalWidget->data->winid)
|
---|
| 2888 | && IsChild(modalWidget->data->winid, widget->data->winid))
|
---|
| 2889 | return false;
|
---|
| 2890 | #endif
|
---|
| 2891 | }
|
---|
| 2892 |
|
---|
| 2893 | Qt::WindowModality windowModality = modalWidget->windowModality();
|
---|
| 2894 | if (windowModality == Qt::NonModal) {
|
---|
| 2895 | // determine the modality type if it hasn't been set on the
|
---|
| 2896 | // modalWidget, this normally happens when waiting for a
|
---|
| 2897 | // native dialog. use WindowModal if we are the child of a
|
---|
| 2898 | // group leader; otherwise use ApplicationModal.
|
---|
| 2899 | QWidget *m = modalWidget;
|
---|
| 2900 | while (m && !m->testAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader)) {
|
---|
| 2901 | m = m->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 2902 | if (m)
|
---|
| 2903 | m = m->window();
|
---|
| 2904 | }
|
---|
| 2905 | windowModality = (m && m->testAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader))
|
---|
| 2906 | ? Qt::WindowModal
|
---|
| 2907 | : Qt::ApplicationModal;
|
---|
| 2908 | }
|
---|
| 2909 |
|
---|
| 2910 | switch (windowModality) {
|
---|
| 2911 | case Qt::ApplicationModal:
|
---|
| 2912 | {
|
---|
| 2913 | QWidget *groupLeaderForWidget = widget;
|
---|
| 2914 | while (groupLeaderForWidget && !groupLeaderForWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader))
|
---|
| 2915 | groupLeaderForWidget = groupLeaderForWidget->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 2916 |
|
---|
| 2917 | if (groupLeaderForWidget) {
|
---|
| 2918 | // if \a widget has WA_GroupLeader, it can only be blocked by ApplicationModal children
|
---|
| 2919 | QWidget *m = modalWidget;
|
---|
| 2920 | while (m && m != groupLeaderForWidget && !m->testAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader))
|
---|
| 2921 | m = m->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 2922 | if (m == groupLeaderForWidget)
|
---|
| 2923 | return true;
|
---|
| 2924 | } else if (modalWidget != widget) {
|
---|
| 2925 | return true;
|
---|
| 2926 | }
|
---|
| 2927 | break;
|
---|
| 2928 | }
|
---|
| 2929 | case Qt::WindowModal:
|
---|
| 2930 | {
|
---|
| 2931 | QWidget *w = widget;
|
---|
| 2932 | do {
|
---|
| 2933 | QWidget *m = modalWidget;
|
---|
| 2934 | do {
|
---|
| 2935 | if (m == w)
|
---|
| 2936 | return true;
|
---|
| 2937 | m = m->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 2938 | if (m)
|
---|
| 2939 | m = m->window();
|
---|
| 2940 | } while (m);
|
---|
| 2941 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 2942 | if (w)
|
---|
| 2943 | w = w->window();
|
---|
| 2944 | } while (w);
|
---|
| 2945 | break;
|
---|
| 2946 | }
|
---|
| 2947 | default:
|
---|
| 2948 | Q_ASSERT_X(false, "QApplication", "internal error, a modal widget cannot be modeless");
|
---|
| 2949 | break;
|
---|
| 2950 | }
|
---|
| 2951 | }
|
---|
| 2952 | return false;
|
---|
| 2953 | }
|
---|
| 2954 |
|
---|
| 2955 | /*!\internal
|
---|
| 2956 | */
|
---|
| 2957 | void QApplicationPrivate::enterModal(QWidget *widget)
|
---|
| 2958 | {
|
---|
| 2959 | QSet<QWidget*> blocked;
|
---|
[561] | 2960 | QList<QWidget*> windows = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
[2] | 2961 | for (int i = 0; i < windows.count(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 2962 | QWidget *window = windows.at(i);
|
---|
| 2963 | if (window->windowType() != Qt::Tool && isBlockedByModal(window))
|
---|
| 2964 | blocked.insert(window);
|
---|
| 2965 | }
|
---|
| 2966 |
|
---|
| 2967 | enterModal_sys(widget);
|
---|
| 2968 |
|
---|
[561] | 2969 | windows = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
[2] | 2970 | QEvent e(QEvent::WindowBlocked);
|
---|
| 2971 | for (int i = 0; i < windows.count(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 2972 | QWidget *window = windows.at(i);
|
---|
| 2973 | if (!blocked.contains(window) && window->windowType() != Qt::Tool && isBlockedByModal(window))
|
---|
| 2974 | QApplication::sendEvent(window, &e);
|
---|
| 2975 | }
|
---|
| 2976 | }
|
---|
| 2977 |
|
---|
| 2978 | /*!\internal
|
---|
| 2979 | */
|
---|
| 2980 | void QApplicationPrivate::leaveModal(QWidget *widget)
|
---|
| 2981 | {
|
---|
| 2982 | QSet<QWidget*> blocked;
|
---|
[561] | 2983 | QList<QWidget*> windows = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
[2] | 2984 | for (int i = 0; i < windows.count(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 2985 | QWidget *window = windows.at(i);
|
---|
| 2986 | if (window->windowType() != Qt::Tool && isBlockedByModal(window))
|
---|
| 2987 | blocked.insert(window);
|
---|
| 2988 | }
|
---|
| 2989 |
|
---|
| 2990 | leaveModal_sys(widget);
|
---|
| 2991 |
|
---|
[561] | 2992 | windows = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
[2] | 2993 | QEvent e(QEvent::WindowUnblocked);
|
---|
| 2994 | for (int i = 0; i < windows.count(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 2995 | QWidget *window = windows.at(i);
|
---|
| 2996 | if(blocked.contains(window) && window->windowType() != Qt::Tool && !isBlockedByModal(window))
|
---|
| 2997 | QApplication::sendEvent(window, &e);
|
---|
| 2998 | }
|
---|
| 2999 | }
|
---|
| 3000 |
|
---|
| 3001 |
|
---|
| 3002 |
|
---|
| 3003 | /*!\internal
|
---|
| 3004 |
|
---|
| 3005 | Called from qapplication_\e{platform}.cpp, returns true
|
---|
| 3006 | if the widget should accept the event.
|
---|
| 3007 | */
|
---|
| 3008 | bool QApplicationPrivate::tryModalHelper(QWidget *widget, QWidget **rettop)
|
---|
| 3009 | {
|
---|
| 3010 | QWidget *top = QApplication::activeModalWidget();
|
---|
| 3011 | if (rettop)
|
---|
| 3012 | *rettop = top;
|
---|
| 3013 |
|
---|
| 3014 | // the active popup widget always gets the input event
|
---|
[561] | 3015 | if (QApplication::activePopupWidget())
|
---|
[2] | 3016 | return true;
|
---|
| 3017 |
|
---|
| 3018 | #if defined(Q_WS_MAC) && defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA)
|
---|
| 3019 | top = QApplicationPrivate::tryModalHelper_sys(top);
|
---|
| 3020 | if (rettop)
|
---|
| 3021 | *rettop = top;
|
---|
| 3022 | #endif
|
---|
| 3023 |
|
---|
| 3024 | return !isBlockedByModal(widget->window());
|
---|
| 3025 | }
|
---|
| 3026 |
|
---|
| 3027 | /*
|
---|
| 3028 | \internal
|
---|
| 3029 | */
|
---|
| 3030 | QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::pickMouseReceiver(QWidget *candidate, const QPoint &globalPos,
|
---|
| 3031 | QPoint &pos, QEvent::Type type,
|
---|
| 3032 | Qt::MouseButtons buttons, QWidget *buttonDown,
|
---|
| 3033 | QWidget *alienWidget)
|
---|
| 3034 | {
|
---|
| 3035 | Q_ASSERT(candidate);
|
---|
| 3036 |
|
---|
| 3037 | QWidget *mouseGrabber = QWidget::mouseGrabber();
|
---|
| 3038 | if (((type == QEvent::MouseMove && buttons) || (type == QEvent::MouseButtonRelease))
|
---|
| 3039 | && !buttonDown && !mouseGrabber) {
|
---|
| 3040 | return 0;
|
---|
| 3041 | }
|
---|
| 3042 |
|
---|
| 3043 | if (alienWidget && alienWidget->internalWinId())
|
---|
| 3044 | alienWidget = 0;
|
---|
| 3045 |
|
---|
| 3046 | QWidget *receiver = candidate;
|
---|
| 3047 |
|
---|
| 3048 | if (!mouseGrabber)
|
---|
[561] | 3049 | mouseGrabber = (buttonDown && !isBlockedByModal(buttonDown)) ? buttonDown : alienWidget;
|
---|
[2] | 3050 |
|
---|
| 3051 | if (mouseGrabber && mouseGrabber != candidate) {
|
---|
| 3052 | receiver = mouseGrabber;
|
---|
| 3053 | pos = receiver->mapFromGlobal(globalPos);
|
---|
| 3054 | #ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG
|
---|
| 3055 | qDebug() << " ** receiver adjusted to:" << receiver << "pos:" << pos;
|
---|
| 3056 | #endif
|
---|
| 3057 | }
|
---|
| 3058 |
|
---|
| 3059 | return receiver;
|
---|
| 3060 |
|
---|
| 3061 | }
|
---|
| 3062 |
|
---|
| 3063 | /*
|
---|
| 3064 | \internal
|
---|
| 3065 | */
|
---|
| 3066 | bool QApplicationPrivate::sendMouseEvent(QWidget *receiver, QMouseEvent *event,
|
---|
| 3067 | QWidget *alienWidget, QWidget *nativeWidget,
|
---|
[561] | 3068 | QWidget **buttonDown, QPointer<QWidget> &lastMouseReceiver,
|
---|
| 3069 | bool spontaneous)
|
---|
[2] | 3070 | {
|
---|
| 3071 | Q_ASSERT(receiver);
|
---|
| 3072 | Q_ASSERT(event);
|
---|
| 3073 | Q_ASSERT(nativeWidget);
|
---|
| 3074 | Q_ASSERT(buttonDown);
|
---|
| 3075 |
|
---|
| 3076 | if (alienWidget && !isAlien(alienWidget))
|
---|
| 3077 | alienWidget = 0;
|
---|
| 3078 |
|
---|
| 3079 | QPointer<QWidget> receiverGuard = receiver;
|
---|
| 3080 | QPointer<QWidget> nativeGuard = nativeWidget;
|
---|
| 3081 | QPointer<QWidget> alienGuard = alienWidget;
|
---|
[561] | 3082 | QPointer<QWidget> activePopupWidget = QApplication::activePopupWidget();
|
---|
[2] | 3083 |
|
---|
| 3084 | const bool graphicsWidget = nativeWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontShowOnScreen);
|
---|
| 3085 |
|
---|
| 3086 | if (*buttonDown) {
|
---|
| 3087 | if (!graphicsWidget) {
|
---|
| 3088 | // Register the widget that shall receive a leave event
|
---|
| 3089 | // after the last button is released.
|
---|
| 3090 | if ((alienWidget || !receiver->internalWinId()) && !leaveAfterRelease && !QWidget::mouseGrabber())
|
---|
| 3091 | leaveAfterRelease = *buttonDown;
|
---|
| 3092 | if (event->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonRelease && !event->buttons())
|
---|
| 3093 | *buttonDown = 0;
|
---|
| 3094 | }
|
---|
| 3095 | } else if (lastMouseReceiver) {
|
---|
| 3096 | // Dispatch enter/leave if we move:
|
---|
| 3097 | // 1) from an alien widget to another alien widget or
|
---|
| 3098 | // from a native widget to an alien widget (first OR case)
|
---|
| 3099 | // 2) from an alien widget to a native widget (second OR case)
|
---|
| 3100 | if ((alienWidget && alienWidget != lastMouseReceiver)
|
---|
| 3101 | || (isAlien(lastMouseReceiver) && !alienWidget)) {
|
---|
| 3102 | if (activePopupWidget) {
|
---|
| 3103 | if (!QWidget::mouseGrabber())
|
---|
| 3104 | dispatchEnterLeave(alienWidget ? alienWidget : nativeWidget, lastMouseReceiver);
|
---|
| 3105 | } else {
|
---|
| 3106 | dispatchEnterLeave(receiver, lastMouseReceiver);
|
---|
| 3107 | }
|
---|
| 3108 |
|
---|
| 3109 | }
|
---|
| 3110 | }
|
---|
| 3111 |
|
---|
| 3112 | #ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG
|
---|
| 3113 | qDebug() << "QApplicationPrivate::sendMouseEvent: receiver:" << receiver
|
---|
| 3114 | << "pos:" << event->pos() << "alien" << alienWidget << "button down"
|
---|
| 3115 | << *buttonDown << "last" << lastMouseReceiver << "leave after release"
|
---|
| 3116 | << leaveAfterRelease;
|
---|
| 3117 | #endif
|
---|
| 3118 |
|
---|
| 3119 | // We need this quard in case someone opens a modal dialog / popup. If that's the case
|
---|
| 3120 | // leaveAfterRelease is set to null, but we shall not update lastMouseReceiver.
|
---|
| 3121 | const bool wasLeaveAfterRelease = leaveAfterRelease != 0;
|
---|
[561] | 3122 | bool result;
|
---|
| 3123 | if (spontaneous)
|
---|
| 3124 | result = QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(receiver, event);
|
---|
| 3125 | else
|
---|
| 3126 | result = QApplication::sendEvent(receiver, event);
|
---|
[2] | 3127 |
|
---|
| 3128 | if (!graphicsWidget && leaveAfterRelease && event->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonRelease
|
---|
| 3129 | && !event->buttons() && QWidget::mouseGrabber() != leaveAfterRelease) {
|
---|
| 3130 | // Dispatch enter/leave if:
|
---|
| 3131 | // 1) the mouse grabber is an alien widget
|
---|
| 3132 | // 2) the button is released on an alien widget
|
---|
| 3133 |
|
---|
| 3134 | QWidget *enter = 0;
|
---|
| 3135 | if (nativeGuard)
|
---|
| 3136 | enter = alienGuard ? alienWidget : nativeWidget;
|
---|
| 3137 | else // The receiver is typically deleted on mouse release with drag'n'drop.
|
---|
| 3138 | enter = QApplication::widgetAt(event->globalPos());
|
---|
| 3139 |
|
---|
| 3140 | dispatchEnterLeave(enter, leaveAfterRelease);
|
---|
| 3141 | leaveAfterRelease = 0;
|
---|
| 3142 | lastMouseReceiver = enter;
|
---|
| 3143 | } else if (!wasLeaveAfterRelease) {
|
---|
| 3144 | if (activePopupWidget) {
|
---|
| 3145 | if (!QWidget::mouseGrabber())
|
---|
| 3146 | lastMouseReceiver = alienGuard ? alienWidget : (nativeGuard ? nativeWidget : 0);
|
---|
| 3147 | } else {
|
---|
| 3148 | lastMouseReceiver = receiverGuard ? receiver : QApplication::widgetAt(event->globalPos());
|
---|
| 3149 | }
|
---|
| 3150 | }
|
---|
| 3151 |
|
---|
| 3152 | return result;
|
---|
| 3153 | }
|
---|
| 3154 |
|
---|
[846] | 3155 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_QWS) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_WS_PM)
|
---|
[2] | 3156 | /*
|
---|
| 3157 | This function should only be called when the widget changes visibility, i.e.
|
---|
| 3158 | when the \a widget is shown, hidden or deleted. This function does nothing
|
---|
| 3159 | if the widget is a top-level or native, i.e. not an alien widget. In that
|
---|
| 3160 | case enter/leave events are genereated by the underlying windowing system.
|
---|
| 3161 | */
|
---|
| 3162 | extern QPointer<QWidget> qt_last_mouse_receiver;
|
---|
| 3163 | extern QWidget *qt_button_down;
|
---|
| 3164 | void QApplicationPrivate::sendSyntheticEnterLeave(QWidget *widget)
|
---|
| 3165 | {
|
---|
| 3166 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
[561] | 3167 | #ifdef Q_WS_QWS
|
---|
| 3168 | if (!widget || widget->isWindow())
|
---|
| 3169 | return;
|
---|
| 3170 | #else
|
---|
[2] | 3171 | if (!widget || widget->internalWinId() || widget->isWindow())
|
---|
| 3172 | return;
|
---|
[561] | 3173 | #endif
|
---|
[2] | 3174 | const bool widgetInShow = widget->isVisible() && !widget->data->in_destructor;
|
---|
| 3175 | if (!widgetInShow && widget != qt_last_mouse_receiver)
|
---|
| 3176 | return; // Widget was not under the cursor when it was hidden/deleted.
|
---|
| 3177 |
|
---|
| 3178 | if (widgetInShow && widget->parentWidget()->data->in_show)
|
---|
| 3179 | return; // Ingore recursive show.
|
---|
| 3180 |
|
---|
| 3181 | QWidget *mouseGrabber = QWidget::mouseGrabber();
|
---|
| 3182 | if (mouseGrabber && mouseGrabber != widget)
|
---|
| 3183 | return; // Someone else has the grab; enter/leave should not occur.
|
---|
| 3184 |
|
---|
| 3185 | QWidget *tlw = widget->window();
|
---|
| 3186 | if (tlw->data->in_destructor || tlw->data->is_closing)
|
---|
| 3187 | return; // Closing down the business.
|
---|
| 3188 |
|
---|
| 3189 | if (widgetInShow && (!qt_last_mouse_receiver || qt_last_mouse_receiver->window() != tlw))
|
---|
| 3190 | return; // Mouse cursor not inside the widget's top-level.
|
---|
| 3191 |
|
---|
| 3192 | const QPoint globalPos(QCursor::pos());
|
---|
| 3193 | QPoint pos = tlw->mapFromGlobal(globalPos);
|
---|
| 3194 |
|
---|
| 3195 | // Find the current widget under the mouse. If this function was called from
|
---|
| 3196 | // the widget's destructor, we have to make sure childAt() doesn't take into
|
---|
| 3197 | // account widgets that are about to be destructed.
|
---|
| 3198 | QWidget *widgetUnderCursor = tlw->d_func()->childAt_helper(pos, widget->data->in_destructor);
|
---|
| 3199 | if (!widgetUnderCursor)
|
---|
| 3200 | widgetUnderCursor = tlw;
|
---|
| 3201 | else
|
---|
| 3202 | pos = widgetUnderCursor->mapFrom(tlw, pos);
|
---|
| 3203 |
|
---|
| 3204 | if (widgetInShow && widgetUnderCursor != widget && !widget->isAncestorOf(widgetUnderCursor))
|
---|
| 3205 | return; // Mouse cursor not inside the widget or any of its children.
|
---|
| 3206 |
|
---|
| 3207 | if (widget->data->in_destructor && qt_button_down == widget)
|
---|
| 3208 | qt_button_down = 0;
|
---|
| 3209 |
|
---|
| 3210 | // Send enter/leave events followed by a mouse move on the entered widget.
|
---|
[561] | 3211 | QMouseEvent e(QEvent::MouseMove, pos, globalPos, Qt::NoButton, Qt::NoButton, Qt::NoModifier);
|
---|
[2] | 3212 | sendMouseEvent(widgetUnderCursor, &e, widgetUnderCursor, tlw, &qt_button_down, qt_last_mouse_receiver);
|
---|
| 3213 | #endif // QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
| 3214 | }
|
---|
[846] | 3215 | #endif // Q_WS_WIN || Q_WS_X11 || Q_WS_MAC || Q_WS_PM
|
---|
[2] | 3216 |
|
---|
| 3217 | /*!
|
---|
| 3218 | Returns the desktop widget (also called the root window).
|
---|
| 3219 |
|
---|
| 3220 | The desktop may be composed of multiple screens, so it would be incorrect,
|
---|
| 3221 | for example, to attempt to \e center some widget in the desktop's geometry.
|
---|
| 3222 | QDesktopWidget has various functions for obtaining useful geometries upon
|
---|
| 3223 | the desktop, such as QDesktopWidget::screenGeometry() and
|
---|
| 3224 | QDesktopWidget::availableGeometry().
|
---|
| 3225 |
|
---|
| 3226 | On X11, it is also possible to draw on the desktop.
|
---|
| 3227 | */
|
---|
| 3228 | QDesktopWidget *QApplication::desktop()
|
---|
| 3229 | {
|
---|
| 3230 | if (!qt_desktopWidget || // not created yet
|
---|
| 3231 | !(qt_desktopWidget->windowType() == Qt::Desktop)) { // reparented away
|
---|
| 3232 | qt_desktopWidget = new QDesktopWidget();
|
---|
| 3233 | }
|
---|
| 3234 | return qt_desktopWidget;
|
---|
| 3235 | }
|
---|
| 3236 |
|
---|
| 3237 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
| 3238 | /*!
|
---|
| 3239 | Returns a pointer to the application global clipboard.
|
---|
| 3240 |
|
---|
| 3241 | \note The QApplication object should already be constructed before
|
---|
| 3242 | accessing the clipboard.
|
---|
| 3243 | */
|
---|
| 3244 | QClipboard *QApplication::clipboard()
|
---|
| 3245 | {
|
---|
| 3246 | if (qt_clipboard == 0) {
|
---|
| 3247 | if (!qApp) {
|
---|
| 3248 | qWarning("QApplication: Must construct a QApplication before accessing a QClipboard");
|
---|
| 3249 | return 0;
|
---|
| 3250 | }
|
---|
| 3251 | qt_clipboard = new QClipboard(0);
|
---|
| 3252 | }
|
---|
| 3253 | return qt_clipboard;
|
---|
| 3254 | }
|
---|
| 3255 | #endif // QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
| 3256 |
|
---|
| 3257 | /*!
|
---|
| 3258 | Sets whether Qt should use the system's standard colors, fonts, etc., to
|
---|
| 3259 | \a on. By default, this is true.
|
---|
| 3260 |
|
---|
| 3261 | This function must be called before creating the QApplication object, like
|
---|
| 3262 | this:
|
---|
| 3263 |
|
---|
| 3264 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 6
|
---|
| 3265 |
|
---|
| 3266 | \sa desktopSettingsAware()
|
---|
| 3267 | */
|
---|
| 3268 | void QApplication::setDesktopSettingsAware(bool on)
|
---|
| 3269 | {
|
---|
| 3270 | QApplicationPrivate::obey_desktop_settings = on;
|
---|
| 3271 | }
|
---|
| 3272 |
|
---|
| 3273 | /*!
|
---|
| 3274 | Returns true if Qt is set to use the system's standard colors, fonts, etc.;
|
---|
| 3275 | otherwise returns false. The default is true.
|
---|
| 3276 |
|
---|
| 3277 | \sa setDesktopSettingsAware()
|
---|
| 3278 | */
|
---|
| 3279 | bool QApplication::desktopSettingsAware()
|
---|
| 3280 | {
|
---|
| 3281 | return QApplicationPrivate::obey_desktop_settings;
|
---|
| 3282 | }
|
---|
| 3283 |
|
---|
| 3284 | /*!
|
---|
| 3285 | Returns the current state of the modifier keys on the keyboard. The current
|
---|
| 3286 | state is updated sychronously as the event queue is emptied of events that
|
---|
| 3287 | will spontaneously change the keyboard state (QEvent::KeyPress and
|
---|
| 3288 | QEvent::KeyRelease events).
|
---|
| 3289 |
|
---|
| 3290 | It should be noted this may not reflect the actual keys held on the input
|
---|
| 3291 | device at the time of calling but rather the modifiers as last reported in
|
---|
| 3292 | one of the above events. If no keys are being held Qt::NoModifier is
|
---|
| 3293 | returned.
|
---|
| 3294 |
|
---|
| 3295 | \sa mouseButtons()
|
---|
| 3296 | */
|
---|
| 3297 |
|
---|
| 3298 | Qt::KeyboardModifiers QApplication::keyboardModifiers()
|
---|
| 3299 | {
|
---|
| 3300 | return QApplicationPrivate::modifier_buttons;
|
---|
| 3301 | }
|
---|
| 3302 |
|
---|
| 3303 | /*!
|
---|
| 3304 | Returns the current state of the buttons on the mouse. The current state is
|
---|
| 3305 | updated syncronously as the event queue is emptied of events that will
|
---|
| 3306 | spontaneously change the mouse state (QEvent::MouseButtonPress and
|
---|
| 3307 | QEvent::MouseButtonRelease events).
|
---|
| 3308 |
|
---|
| 3309 | It should be noted this may not reflect the actual buttons held on the
|
---|
| 3310 | input device at the time of calling but rather the mouse buttons as last
|
---|
| 3311 | reported in one of the above events. If no mouse buttons are being held
|
---|
| 3312 | Qt::NoButton is returned.
|
---|
| 3313 |
|
---|
| 3314 | \sa keyboardModifiers()
|
---|
| 3315 | */
|
---|
| 3316 |
|
---|
| 3317 | Qt::MouseButtons QApplication::mouseButtons()
|
---|
| 3318 | {
|
---|
| 3319 | return QApplicationPrivate::mouse_buttons;
|
---|
| 3320 | }
|
---|
| 3321 |
|
---|
| 3322 | /*!
|
---|
| 3323 | \fn bool QApplication::isSessionRestored() const
|
---|
| 3324 |
|
---|
| 3325 | Returns true if the application has been restored from an earlier
|
---|
| 3326 | \l{Session Management}{session}; otherwise returns false.
|
---|
| 3327 |
|
---|
| 3328 | \sa sessionId(), commitData(), saveState()
|
---|
| 3329 | */
|
---|
| 3330 |
|
---|
| 3331 |
|
---|
| 3332 | /*!
|
---|
| 3333 | \fn QString QApplication::sessionId() const
|
---|
| 3334 |
|
---|
| 3335 | Returns the current \l{Session Management}{session's} identifier.
|
---|
| 3336 |
|
---|
| 3337 | If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this
|
---|
| 3338 | identifier is the same as it was in that previous session. The session
|
---|
| 3339 | identifier is guaranteed to be unique both for different applications
|
---|
| 3340 | and for different instances of the same application.
|
---|
| 3341 |
|
---|
| 3342 | \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionKey(), commitData(), saveState()
|
---|
| 3343 | */
|
---|
| 3344 |
|
---|
| 3345 | /*!
|
---|
| 3346 | \fn QString QApplication::sessionKey() const
|
---|
| 3347 |
|
---|
| 3348 | Returns the session key in the current \l{Session Management}{session}.
|
---|
| 3349 |
|
---|
| 3350 | If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this key is
|
---|
| 3351 | the same as it was when the previous session ended.
|
---|
| 3352 |
|
---|
| 3353 | The session key changes with every call of commitData() or saveState().
|
---|
| 3354 |
|
---|
| 3355 | \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), commitData(), saveState()
|
---|
| 3356 | */
|
---|
| 3357 | #ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
---|
| 3358 | bool QApplication::isSessionRestored() const
|
---|
| 3359 | {
|
---|
| 3360 | Q_D(const QApplication);
|
---|
| 3361 | return d->is_session_restored;
|
---|
| 3362 | }
|
---|
| 3363 |
|
---|
| 3364 | QString QApplication::sessionId() const
|
---|
| 3365 | {
|
---|
| 3366 | Q_D(const QApplication);
|
---|
| 3367 | return d->session_id;
|
---|
| 3368 | }
|
---|
| 3369 |
|
---|
| 3370 | QString QApplication::sessionKey() const
|
---|
| 3371 | {
|
---|
| 3372 | Q_D(const QApplication);
|
---|
| 3373 | return d->session_key;
|
---|
| 3374 | }
|
---|
| 3375 | #endif
|
---|
| 3376 |
|
---|
| 3377 |
|
---|
| 3378 |
|
---|
| 3379 | /*!
|
---|
| 3380 | \since 4.2
|
---|
| 3381 | \fn void QApplication::commitDataRequest(QSessionManager &manager)
|
---|
| 3382 |
|
---|
| 3383 | This signal deals with \l{Session Management}{session management}. It is
|
---|
| 3384 | emitted when the QSessionManager wants the application to commit all its
|
---|
| 3385 | data.
|
---|
| 3386 |
|
---|
| 3387 | Usually this means saving all open files, after getting permission from
|
---|
| 3388 | the user. Furthermore you may want to provide a means by which the user
|
---|
| 3389 | can cancel the shutdown.
|
---|
| 3390 |
|
---|
| 3391 | You should not exit the application within this signal. Instead,
|
---|
| 3392 | the session manager may or may not do this afterwards, depending on the
|
---|
| 3393 | context.
|
---|
| 3394 |
|
---|
| 3395 | \warning Within this signal, no user interaction is possible, \e
|
---|
| 3396 | unless you ask the \a manager for explicit permission. See
|
---|
| 3397 | QSessionManager::allowsInteraction() and
|
---|
| 3398 | QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction() for details and example
|
---|
| 3399 | usage.
|
---|
| 3400 |
|
---|
| 3401 | \note You should use Qt::DirectConnection when connecting to this signal.
|
---|
| 3402 |
|
---|
| 3403 | \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), saveState(), {Session Management}
|
---|
| 3404 | */
|
---|
| 3405 |
|
---|
| 3406 | /*!
|
---|
| 3407 | This function deals with \l{Session Management}{session management}. It is
|
---|
| 3408 | invoked when the QSessionManager wants the application to commit all its
|
---|
| 3409 | data.
|
---|
| 3410 |
|
---|
| 3411 | Usually this means saving all open files, after getting permission from the
|
---|
| 3412 | user. Furthermore you may want to provide a means by which the user can
|
---|
| 3413 | cancel the shutdown.
|
---|
| 3414 |
|
---|
| 3415 | You should not exit the application within this function. Instead, the
|
---|
| 3416 | session manager may or may not do this afterwards, depending on the
|
---|
| 3417 | context.
|
---|
| 3418 |
|
---|
| 3419 | \warning Within this function, no user interaction is possible, \e
|
---|
| 3420 | unless you ask the \a manager for explicit permission. See
|
---|
| 3421 | QSessionManager::allowsInteraction() and
|
---|
| 3422 | QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction() for details and example
|
---|
| 3423 | usage.
|
---|
| 3424 |
|
---|
| 3425 | The default implementation requests interaction and sends a close event to
|
---|
| 3426 | all visible top-level widgets. If any event was rejected, the shutdown is
|
---|
| 3427 | canceled.
|
---|
| 3428 |
|
---|
| 3429 | \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), saveState(), {Session Management}
|
---|
| 3430 | */
|
---|
| 3431 | #ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
---|
| 3432 | void QApplication::commitData(QSessionManager& manager )
|
---|
| 3433 | {
|
---|
| 3434 | emit commitDataRequest(manager);
|
---|
| 3435 | if (manager.allowsInteraction()) {
|
---|
| 3436 | QWidgetList done;
|
---|
| 3437 | QWidgetList list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
| 3438 | bool cancelled = false;
|
---|
| 3439 | for (int i = 0; !cancelled && i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 3440 | QWidget* w = list.at(i);
|
---|
| 3441 | if (w->isVisible() && !done.contains(w)) {
|
---|
| 3442 | cancelled = !w->close();
|
---|
| 3443 | if (!cancelled)
|
---|
| 3444 | done.append(w);
|
---|
| 3445 | list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
| 3446 | i = -1;
|
---|
| 3447 | }
|
---|
| 3448 | }
|
---|
| 3449 | if (cancelled)
|
---|
| 3450 | manager.cancel();
|
---|
| 3451 | }
|
---|
| 3452 | }
|
---|
| 3453 |
|
---|
| 3454 | /*!
|
---|
| 3455 | \since 4.2
|
---|
| 3456 | \fn void QApplication::saveStateRequest(QSessionManager &manager)
|
---|
| 3457 |
|
---|
| 3458 | This signal deals with \l{Session Management}{session management}. It is
|
---|
| 3459 | invoked when the \l{QSessionManager}{session manager} wants the application
|
---|
| 3460 | to preserve its state for a future session.
|
---|
| 3461 |
|
---|
| 3462 | For example, a text editor would create a temporary file that includes the
|
---|
| 3463 | current contents of its edit buffers, the location of the cursor and other
|
---|
| 3464 | aspects of the current editing session.
|
---|
| 3465 |
|
---|
| 3466 | You should never exit the application within this signal. Instead, the
|
---|
| 3467 | session manager may or may not do this afterwards, depending on the
|
---|
| 3468 | context. Futhermore, most session managers will very likely request a saved
|
---|
| 3469 | state immediately after the application has been started. This permits the
|
---|
| 3470 | session manager to learn about the application's restart policy.
|
---|
| 3471 |
|
---|
| 3472 | \warning Within this function, no user interaction is possible, \e
|
---|
| 3473 | unless you ask the \a manager for explicit permission. See
|
---|
| 3474 | QSessionManager::allowsInteraction() and
|
---|
| 3475 | QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction() for details.
|
---|
| 3476 |
|
---|
| 3477 | \note You should use Qt::DirectConnection when connecting to this signal.
|
---|
| 3478 |
|
---|
| 3479 | \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), commitData(), {Session Management}
|
---|
| 3480 | */
|
---|
| 3481 |
|
---|
| 3482 | /*!
|
---|
| 3483 | This function deals with \l{Session Management}{session management}. It is
|
---|
| 3484 | invoked when the \l{QSessionManager}{session manager} wants the application
|
---|
| 3485 | to preserve its state for a future session.
|
---|
| 3486 |
|
---|
| 3487 | For example, a text editor would create a temporary file that includes the
|
---|
| 3488 | current contents of its edit buffers, the location of the cursor and other
|
---|
| 3489 | aspects of the current editing session.
|
---|
| 3490 |
|
---|
| 3491 | You should never exit the application within this function. Instead, the
|
---|
| 3492 | session manager may or may not do this afterwards, depending on the
|
---|
| 3493 | context. Futhermore, most session managers will very likely request a saved
|
---|
| 3494 | state immediately after the application has been started. This permits the
|
---|
| 3495 | session manager to learn about the application's restart policy.
|
---|
| 3496 |
|
---|
| 3497 | \warning Within this function, no user interaction is possible, \e
|
---|
| 3498 | unless you ask the \a manager for explicit permission. See
|
---|
| 3499 | QSessionManager::allowsInteraction() and
|
---|
| 3500 | QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction() for details.
|
---|
| 3501 |
|
---|
| 3502 | \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), commitData(), {Session Management}
|
---|
| 3503 | */
|
---|
| 3504 |
|
---|
| 3505 | void QApplication::saveState(QSessionManager &manager)
|
---|
| 3506 | {
|
---|
| 3507 | emit saveStateRequest(manager);
|
---|
| 3508 | }
|
---|
| 3509 | #endif //QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
---|
| 3510 | /*
|
---|
| 3511 | Sets the time after which a drag should start to \a ms ms.
|
---|
| 3512 |
|
---|
| 3513 | \sa startDragTime()
|
---|
| 3514 | */
|
---|
| 3515 |
|
---|
| 3516 | void QApplication::setStartDragTime(int ms)
|
---|
| 3517 | {
|
---|
| 3518 | drag_time = ms;
|
---|
| 3519 | }
|
---|
| 3520 |
|
---|
| 3521 | /*!
|
---|
| 3522 | \property QApplication::startDragTime
|
---|
| 3523 | \brief the time in milliseconds that a mouse button must be held down
|
---|
| 3524 | before a drag and drop operation will begin
|
---|
| 3525 |
|
---|
| 3526 | If you support drag and drop in your application, and want to start a drag
|
---|
| 3527 | and drop operation after the user has held down a mouse button for a
|
---|
| 3528 | certain amount of time, you should use this property's value as the delay.
|
---|
| 3529 |
|
---|
| 3530 | Qt also uses this delay internally, e.g. in QTextEdit and QLineEdit, for
|
---|
| 3531 | starting a drag.
|
---|
| 3532 |
|
---|
| 3533 | The default value is 500 ms.
|
---|
| 3534 |
|
---|
| 3535 | \sa startDragDistance(), {Drag and Drop}
|
---|
| 3536 | */
|
---|
| 3537 |
|
---|
| 3538 | int QApplication::startDragTime()
|
---|
| 3539 | {
|
---|
| 3540 | return drag_time;
|
---|
| 3541 | }
|
---|
| 3542 |
|
---|
| 3543 | /*
|
---|
| 3544 | Sets the distance after which a drag should start to \a l pixels.
|
---|
| 3545 |
|
---|
| 3546 | \sa startDragDistance()
|
---|
| 3547 | */
|
---|
| 3548 |
|
---|
| 3549 | void QApplication::setStartDragDistance(int l)
|
---|
| 3550 | {
|
---|
| 3551 | drag_distance = l;
|
---|
| 3552 | }
|
---|
| 3553 |
|
---|
| 3554 | /*!
|
---|
| 3555 | \property QApplication::startDragDistance
|
---|
| 3556 |
|
---|
| 3557 | If you support drag and drop in your application, and want to start a drag
|
---|
| 3558 | and drop operation after the user has moved the cursor a certain distance
|
---|
| 3559 | with a button held down, you should use this property's value as the
|
---|
| 3560 | minimum distance required.
|
---|
| 3561 |
|
---|
| 3562 | For example, if the mouse position of the click is stored in \c startPos
|
---|
| 3563 | and the current position (e.g. in the mouse move event) is \c currentPos,
|
---|
| 3564 | you can find out if a drag should be started with code like this:
|
---|
| 3565 |
|
---|
| 3566 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 7
|
---|
| 3567 |
|
---|
| 3568 | Qt uses this value internally, e.g. in QFileDialog.
|
---|
| 3569 |
|
---|
| 3570 | The default value is 4 pixels.
|
---|
| 3571 |
|
---|
| 3572 | \sa startDragTime() QPoint::manhattanLength() {Drag and Drop}
|
---|
| 3573 | */
|
---|
| 3574 |
|
---|
| 3575 | int QApplication::startDragDistance()
|
---|
| 3576 | {
|
---|
| 3577 | return drag_distance;
|
---|
| 3578 | }
|
---|
| 3579 |
|
---|
| 3580 | /*!
|
---|
| 3581 | \fn void QApplication::setReverseLayout(bool reverse)
|
---|
| 3582 |
|
---|
| 3583 | Use setLayoutDirection() instead.
|
---|
| 3584 | */
|
---|
| 3585 |
|
---|
| 3586 | /*!
|
---|
| 3587 | \fn void QApplication::reverseLayout()
|
---|
| 3588 |
|
---|
| 3589 | Use layoutDirection() instead.
|
---|
| 3590 | */
|
---|
| 3591 |
|
---|
| 3592 | /*!
|
---|
| 3593 | \fn bool QApplication::isRightToLeft()
|
---|
| 3594 |
|
---|
| 3595 | Returns true if the application's layout direction is
|
---|
| 3596 | Qt::RightToLeft; otherwise returns false.
|
---|
| 3597 |
|
---|
| 3598 | \sa layoutDirection(), isLeftToRight()
|
---|
| 3599 | */
|
---|
| 3600 |
|
---|
| 3601 | /*!
|
---|
| 3602 | \fn bool QApplication::isLeftToRight()
|
---|
| 3603 |
|
---|
| 3604 | Returns true if the application's layout direction is
|
---|
| 3605 | Qt::LeftToRight; otherwise returns false.
|
---|
| 3606 |
|
---|
| 3607 | \sa layoutDirection(), isRightToLeft()
|
---|
| 3608 | */
|
---|
| 3609 |
|
---|
| 3610 | /*!
|
---|
| 3611 | \property QApplication::layoutDirection
|
---|
| 3612 | \brief the default layout direction for this application
|
---|
| 3613 |
|
---|
| 3614 | On system start-up, the default layout direction depends on the
|
---|
| 3615 | application's language.
|
---|
| 3616 |
|
---|
| 3617 | \sa QWidget::layoutDirection, isLeftToRight(), isRightToLeft()
|
---|
| 3618 | */
|
---|
| 3619 |
|
---|
| 3620 | void QApplication::setLayoutDirection(Qt::LayoutDirection direction)
|
---|
| 3621 | {
|
---|
[846] | 3622 | if (layout_direction == direction || direction == Qt::LayoutDirectionAuto)
|
---|
[2] | 3623 | return;
|
---|
| 3624 |
|
---|
| 3625 | layout_direction = direction;
|
---|
| 3626 |
|
---|
| 3627 | QWidgetList list = topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
| 3628 | for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 3629 | QWidget *w = list.at(i);
|
---|
| 3630 | QEvent ev(QEvent::ApplicationLayoutDirectionChange);
|
---|
| 3631 | sendEvent(w, &ev);
|
---|
| 3632 | }
|
---|
| 3633 | }
|
---|
| 3634 |
|
---|
| 3635 | Qt::LayoutDirection QApplication::layoutDirection()
|
---|
| 3636 | {
|
---|
| 3637 | return layout_direction;
|
---|
| 3638 | }
|
---|
| 3639 |
|
---|
| 3640 |
|
---|
| 3641 | /*!
|
---|
| 3642 | \obsolete
|
---|
| 3643 |
|
---|
| 3644 | Strips out vertical alignment flags and transforms an alignment \a align
|
---|
| 3645 | of Qt::AlignLeft into Qt::AlignLeft or Qt::AlignRight according to the
|
---|
| 3646 | language used.
|
---|
| 3647 | */
|
---|
| 3648 |
|
---|
| 3649 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
---|
| 3650 | Qt::Alignment QApplication::horizontalAlignment(Qt::Alignment align)
|
---|
| 3651 | {
|
---|
| 3652 | return QStyle::visualAlignment(layoutDirection(), align);
|
---|
| 3653 | }
|
---|
| 3654 | #endif
|
---|
| 3655 |
|
---|
| 3656 |
|
---|
| 3657 | /*!
|
---|
| 3658 | \fn QCursor *QApplication::overrideCursor()
|
---|
| 3659 |
|
---|
| 3660 | Returns the active application override cursor.
|
---|
| 3661 |
|
---|
| 3662 | This function returns 0 if no application cursor has been defined (i.e. the
|
---|
| 3663 | internal cursor stack is empty).
|
---|
| 3664 |
|
---|
| 3665 | \sa setOverrideCursor(), restoreOverrideCursor()
|
---|
| 3666 | */
|
---|
| 3667 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
| 3668 | QCursor *QApplication::overrideCursor()
|
---|
| 3669 | {
|
---|
| 3670 | return qApp->d_func()->cursor_list.isEmpty() ? 0 : &qApp->d_func()->cursor_list.first();
|
---|
| 3671 | }
|
---|
| 3672 |
|
---|
| 3673 | /*!
|
---|
| 3674 | Changes the currently active application override cursor to \a cursor.
|
---|
| 3675 |
|
---|
| 3676 | This function has no effect if setOverrideCursor() was not called.
|
---|
| 3677 |
|
---|
| 3678 | \sa setOverrideCursor(), overrideCursor(), restoreOverrideCursor(),
|
---|
| 3679 | QWidget::setCursor()
|
---|
| 3680 | */
|
---|
| 3681 | void QApplication::changeOverrideCursor(const QCursor &cursor)
|
---|
| 3682 | {
|
---|
| 3683 | if (qApp->d_func()->cursor_list.isEmpty())
|
---|
| 3684 | return;
|
---|
| 3685 | qApp->d_func()->cursor_list.removeFirst();
|
---|
[561] | 3686 | #ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
|
---|
| 3687 | // We use native NSCursor stacks in Cocoa. The currentCursor is the
|
---|
| 3688 | // top of this stack. So to avoid flickering of cursor, we have to
|
---|
| 3689 | // change the cusor instead of pop-ing the existing OverrideCursor
|
---|
| 3690 | // and pushing the new one.
|
---|
| 3691 | qApp->d_func()->cursor_list.prepend(cursor);
|
---|
| 3692 | qt_cocoaChangeOverrideCursor(cursor);
|
---|
| 3693 | return;
|
---|
| 3694 | #endif
|
---|
[2] | 3695 | setOverrideCursor(cursor);
|
---|
| 3696 | }
|
---|
| 3697 | #endif
|
---|
| 3698 |
|
---|
| 3699 | /*!
|
---|
| 3700 | \fn void QApplication::setOverrideCursor(const QCursor &cursor, bool replace)
|
---|
| 3701 |
|
---|
| 3702 | Use changeOverrideCursor(\a cursor) (if \a replace is true) or
|
---|
| 3703 | setOverrideCursor(\a cursor) (if \a replace is false).
|
---|
| 3704 | */
|
---|
| 3705 |
|
---|
| 3706 | /*!
|
---|
| 3707 | Enters the main event loop and waits until exit() is called, then returns
|
---|
| 3708 | the value that was set to exit() (which is 0 if exit() is called via
|
---|
| 3709 | quit()).
|
---|
| 3710 |
|
---|
| 3711 | It is necessary to call this function to start event handling. The main
|
---|
| 3712 | event loop receives events from the window system and dispatches these to
|
---|
| 3713 | the application widgets.
|
---|
[92] | 3714 |
|
---|
[2] | 3715 | Generally, no user interaction can take place before calling exec(). As a
|
---|
| 3716 | special case, modal widgets like QMessageBox can be used before calling
|
---|
| 3717 | exec(), because modal widgets call exec() to start a local event loop.
|
---|
| 3718 |
|
---|
| 3719 | To make your application perform idle processing, i.e., executing a special
|
---|
| 3720 | function whenever there are no pending events, use a QTimer with 0 timeout.
|
---|
| 3721 | More advanced idle processing schemes can be achieved using processEvents().
|
---|
| 3722 |
|
---|
| 3723 | We recommend that you connect clean-up code to the
|
---|
| 3724 | \l{QCoreApplication::}{aboutToQuit()} signal, instead of putting it in your
|
---|
[561] | 3725 | application's \c{main()} function. This is because, on some platforms the
|
---|
| 3726 | QApplication::exec() call may not return. For example, on the Windows
|
---|
| 3727 | platform, when the user logs off, the system terminates the process after Qt
|
---|
| 3728 | closes all top-level windows. Hence, there is \e{no guarantee} that the
|
---|
| 3729 | application will have time to exit its event loop and execute code at the
|
---|
| 3730 | end of the \c{main()} function, after the QApplication::exec() call.
|
---|
[2] | 3731 |
|
---|
| 3732 | \sa quitOnLastWindowClosed, quit(), exit(), processEvents(),
|
---|
| 3733 | QCoreApplication::exec()
|
---|
| 3734 | */
|
---|
| 3735 | int QApplication::exec()
|
---|
| 3736 | {
|
---|
| 3737 | #ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
|
---|
| 3738 | QAccessible::setRootObject(qApp);
|
---|
| 3739 | #endif
|
---|
| 3740 | return QCoreApplication::exec();
|
---|
| 3741 | }
|
---|
| 3742 |
|
---|
| 3743 | /*! \reimp
|
---|
| 3744 | */
|
---|
| 3745 | bool QApplication::notify(QObject *receiver, QEvent *e)
|
---|
| 3746 | {
|
---|
| 3747 | Q_D(QApplication);
|
---|
| 3748 | // no events are delivered after ~QCoreApplication() has started
|
---|
| 3749 | if (QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing)
|
---|
| 3750 | return true;
|
---|
| 3751 |
|
---|
| 3752 | if (receiver == 0) { // serious error
|
---|
| 3753 | qWarning("QApplication::notify: Unexpected null receiver");
|
---|
| 3754 | return true;
|
---|
| 3755 | }
|
---|
| 3756 |
|
---|
| 3757 | #ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
|
---|
| 3758 | d->checkReceiverThread(receiver);
|
---|
| 3759 | #endif
|
---|
| 3760 |
|
---|
| 3761 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
---|
| 3762 | if (e->type() == QEvent::ChildRemoved && !receiver->d_func()->pendingChildInsertedEvents.isEmpty())
|
---|
| 3763 | receiver->d_func()->removePendingChildInsertedEvents(static_cast<QChildEvent *>(e)->child());
|
---|
| 3764 | #endif // QT3_SUPPORT
|
---|
| 3765 |
|
---|
| 3766 | // capture the current mouse/keyboard state
|
---|
| 3767 | if(e->spontaneous()) {
|
---|
| 3768 | if (e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress
|
---|
| 3769 | || e->type() == QEvent::KeyRelease) {
|
---|
| 3770 | QKeyEvent *ke = static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(e);
|
---|
| 3771 | QApplicationPrivate::modifier_buttons = ke->modifiers();
|
---|
| 3772 | } else if(e->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonPress
|
---|
| 3773 | || e->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonRelease) {
|
---|
| 3774 | QMouseEvent *me = static_cast<QMouseEvent*>(e);
|
---|
| 3775 | QApplicationPrivate::modifier_buttons = me->modifiers();
|
---|
| 3776 | if(me->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonPress)
|
---|
| 3777 | QApplicationPrivate::mouse_buttons |= me->button();
|
---|
| 3778 | else
|
---|
| 3779 | QApplicationPrivate::mouse_buttons &= ~me->button();
|
---|
[561] | 3780 | }
|
---|
[2] | 3781 | #if !defined(QT_NO_WHEELEVENT) || !defined(QT_NO_TABLETEVENT)
|
---|
[561] | 3782 | else if (false
|
---|
[2] | 3783 | # ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
|
---|
[561] | 3784 | || e->type() == QEvent::Wheel
|
---|
[2] | 3785 | # endif
|
---|
| 3786 | # ifndef QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
|
---|
[561] | 3787 | || e->type() == QEvent::TabletMove
|
---|
| 3788 | || e->type() == QEvent::TabletPress
|
---|
| 3789 | || e->type() == QEvent::TabletRelease
|
---|
[2] | 3790 | # endif
|
---|
[561] | 3791 | ) {
|
---|
[2] | 3792 | QInputEvent *ie = static_cast<QInputEvent*>(e);
|
---|
| 3793 | QApplicationPrivate::modifier_buttons = ie->modifiers();
|
---|
| 3794 | }
|
---|
| 3795 | #endif // !QT_NO_WHEELEVENT || !QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
|
---|
| 3796 | }
|
---|
| 3797 |
|
---|
[846] | 3798 | #ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
|
---|
[561] | 3799 | // walk through parents and check for gestures
|
---|
| 3800 | if (d->gestureManager) {
|
---|
| 3801 | switch (e->type()) {
|
---|
| 3802 | case QEvent::Paint:
|
---|
| 3803 | case QEvent::MetaCall:
|
---|
| 3804 | case QEvent::DeferredDelete:
|
---|
| 3805 | case QEvent::DragEnter: case QEvent::DragMove: case QEvent::DragLeave:
|
---|
| 3806 | case QEvent::Drop: case QEvent::DragResponse:
|
---|
| 3807 | case QEvent::ChildAdded: case QEvent::ChildPolished:
|
---|
| 3808 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
---|
| 3809 | case QEvent::ChildInsertedRequest:
|
---|
| 3810 | case QEvent::ChildInserted:
|
---|
| 3811 | case QEvent::LayoutHint:
|
---|
| 3812 | #endif
|
---|
| 3813 | case QEvent::ChildRemoved:
|
---|
| 3814 | case QEvent::UpdateRequest:
|
---|
| 3815 | case QEvent::UpdateLater:
|
---|
| 3816 | case QEvent::AccessibilityPrepare:
|
---|
| 3817 | case QEvent::LocaleChange:
|
---|
| 3818 | case QEvent::Style:
|
---|
| 3819 | case QEvent::IconDrag:
|
---|
| 3820 | case QEvent::StyleChange:
|
---|
| 3821 | case QEvent::AccessibilityHelp:
|
---|
| 3822 | case QEvent::AccessibilityDescription:
|
---|
| 3823 | case QEvent::GraphicsSceneDragEnter:
|
---|
| 3824 | case QEvent::GraphicsSceneDragMove:
|
---|
| 3825 | case QEvent::GraphicsSceneDragLeave:
|
---|
| 3826 | case QEvent::GraphicsSceneDrop:
|
---|
| 3827 | case QEvent::DynamicPropertyChange:
|
---|
| 3828 | case QEvent::NetworkReplyUpdated:
|
---|
| 3829 | break;
|
---|
| 3830 | default:
|
---|
| 3831 | if (receiver->isWidgetType()) {
|
---|
| 3832 | if (d->gestureManager->filterEvent(static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver), e))
|
---|
| 3833 | return true;
|
---|
| 3834 | } else {
|
---|
| 3835 | // a special case for events that go to QGesture objects.
|
---|
| 3836 | // We pass the object to the gesture manager and it'll figure
|
---|
| 3837 | // out if it's QGesture or not.
|
---|
| 3838 | if (d->gestureManager->filterEvent(receiver, e))
|
---|
| 3839 | return true;
|
---|
| 3840 | }
|
---|
| 3841 | }
|
---|
| 3842 | }
|
---|
[846] | 3843 | #endif // QT_NO_GESTURES
|
---|
[561] | 3844 |
|
---|
[2] | 3845 | // User input and window activation makes tooltips sleep
|
---|
| 3846 | switch (e->type()) {
|
---|
| 3847 | case QEvent::Wheel:
|
---|
| 3848 | case QEvent::ActivationChange:
|
---|
| 3849 | case QEvent::KeyPress:
|
---|
| 3850 | case QEvent::KeyRelease:
|
---|
| 3851 | case QEvent::FocusOut:
|
---|
| 3852 | case QEvent::FocusIn:
|
---|
| 3853 | case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
|
---|
| 3854 | case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
|
---|
| 3855 | case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
|
---|
| 3856 | d->toolTipFallAsleep.stop();
|
---|
[561] | 3857 | // fall-through
|
---|
[2] | 3858 | case QEvent::Leave:
|
---|
| 3859 | d->toolTipWakeUp.stop();
|
---|
| 3860 | default:
|
---|
| 3861 | break;
|
---|
| 3862 | }
|
---|
| 3863 |
|
---|
| 3864 | bool res = false;
|
---|
| 3865 | if (!receiver->isWidgetType()) {
|
---|
| 3866 | res = d->notify_helper(receiver, e);
|
---|
| 3867 | } else switch (e->type()) {
|
---|
| 3868 | #if defined QT3_SUPPORT && !defined(QT_NO_SHORTCUT)
|
---|
| 3869 | case QEvent::Accel:
|
---|
| 3870 | {
|
---|
| 3871 | if (d->use_compat()) {
|
---|
| 3872 | QKeyEvent* key = static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(e);
|
---|
| 3873 | res = d->notify_helper(receiver, e);
|
---|
| 3874 |
|
---|
| 3875 | if (!res && !key->isAccepted())
|
---|
| 3876 | res = d->qt_dispatchAccelEvent(static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver), key);
|
---|
| 3877 |
|
---|
| 3878 | // next lines are for compatibility with Qt <= 3.0.x: old
|
---|
| 3879 | // QAccel was listening on toplevel widgets
|
---|
| 3880 | if (!res && !key->isAccepted() && !static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver)->isWindow())
|
---|
| 3881 | res = d->notify_helper(static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver)->window(), e);
|
---|
| 3882 | }
|
---|
| 3883 | break;
|
---|
| 3884 | }
|
---|
| 3885 | #endif //QT3_SUPPORT && !QT_NO_SHORTCUT
|
---|
| 3886 | case QEvent::ShortcutOverride:
|
---|
| 3887 | case QEvent::KeyPress:
|
---|
| 3888 | case QEvent::KeyRelease:
|
---|
| 3889 | {
|
---|
| 3890 | bool isWidget = receiver->isWidgetType();
|
---|
| 3891 | bool isGraphicsWidget = false;
|
---|
| 3892 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
| 3893 | isGraphicsWidget = !isWidget && qobject_cast<QGraphicsWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
| 3894 | #endif
|
---|
| 3895 | if (!isWidget && !isGraphicsWidget) {
|
---|
| 3896 | res = d->notify_helper(receiver, e);
|
---|
| 3897 | break;
|
---|
| 3898 | }
|
---|
| 3899 |
|
---|
| 3900 | QKeyEvent* key = static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(e);
|
---|
| 3901 | #if defined QT3_SUPPORT && !defined(QT_NO_SHORTCUT)
|
---|
| 3902 | if (d->use_compat() && d->qt_tryComposeUnicode(static_cast<QWidget*>(receiver), key))
|
---|
| 3903 | break;
|
---|
| 3904 | #endif
|
---|
| 3905 | if (key->type()==QEvent::KeyPress) {
|
---|
| 3906 | #ifndef QT_NO_SHORTCUT
|
---|
| 3907 | // Try looking for a Shortcut before sending key events
|
---|
| 3908 | if ((res = qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.tryShortcutEvent(receiver, key)))
|
---|
| 3909 | return res;
|
---|
| 3910 | #endif
|
---|
| 3911 | qt_in_tab_key_event = (key->key() == Qt::Key_Backtab
|
---|
| 3912 | || key->key() == Qt::Key_Tab
|
---|
| 3913 | || key->key() == Qt::Key_Left
|
---|
| 3914 | || key->key() == Qt::Key_Up
|
---|
| 3915 | || key->key() == Qt::Key_Right
|
---|
| 3916 | || key->key() == Qt::Key_Down);
|
---|
| 3917 | }
|
---|
| 3918 | bool def = key->isAccepted();
|
---|
| 3919 | QPointer<QObject> pr = receiver;
|
---|
| 3920 | while (receiver) {
|
---|
| 3921 | if (def)
|
---|
| 3922 | key->accept();
|
---|
| 3923 | else
|
---|
| 3924 | key->ignore();
|
---|
| 3925 | res = d->notify_helper(receiver, e);
|
---|
| 3926 | QWidget *w = isWidget ? static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver) : 0;
|
---|
| 3927 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
| 3928 | QGraphicsWidget *gw = isGraphicsWidget ? static_cast<QGraphicsWidget *>(receiver) : 0;
|
---|
| 3929 | #endif
|
---|
| 3930 |
|
---|
| 3931 | if ((res && key->isAccepted())
|
---|
| 3932 | /*
|
---|
| 3933 | QLineEdit will emit a signal on Key_Return, but
|
---|
| 3934 | ignore the event, and sometimes the connected
|
---|
| 3935 | slot deletes the QLineEdit (common in itemview
|
---|
| 3936 | delegates), so we have to check if the widget
|
---|
| 3937 | was destroyed even if the event was ignored (to
|
---|
| 3938 | prevent a crash)
|
---|
| 3939 |
|
---|
| 3940 | note that we don't have to reset pw while
|
---|
| 3941 | propagating (because the original receiver will
|
---|
| 3942 | be destroyed if one of its ancestors is)
|
---|
| 3943 | */
|
---|
| 3944 | || !pr
|
---|
| 3945 | || (isWidget && (w->isWindow() || !w->parentWidget()))
|
---|
| 3946 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
| 3947 | || (isGraphicsWidget && (gw->isWindow() || !gw->parentWidget()))
|
---|
| 3948 | #endif
|
---|
| 3949 | ) {
|
---|
| 3950 | break;
|
---|
| 3951 | }
|
---|
| 3952 |
|
---|
| 3953 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
| 3954 | receiver = w ? (QObject *)w->parentWidget() : (QObject *)gw->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 3955 | #else
|
---|
| 3956 | receiver = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 3957 | #endif
|
---|
| 3958 | }
|
---|
| 3959 | qt_in_tab_key_event = false;
|
---|
| 3960 | }
|
---|
| 3961 | break;
|
---|
| 3962 | case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
|
---|
| 3963 | case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
|
---|
| 3964 | case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
|
---|
| 3965 | case QEvent::MouseMove:
|
---|
| 3966 | {
|
---|
| 3967 | QWidget* w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
| 3968 |
|
---|
| 3969 | QMouseEvent* mouse = static_cast<QMouseEvent*>(e);
|
---|
| 3970 | QPoint relpos = mouse->pos();
|
---|
| 3971 |
|
---|
| 3972 | if (e->spontaneous()) {
|
---|
[561] | 3973 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
---|
| 3974 | QInputContext *ic = w->inputContext();
|
---|
| 3975 | if (ic
|
---|
| 3976 | && w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)
|
---|
| 3977 | && ic->filterEvent(mouse))
|
---|
| 3978 | return true;
|
---|
| 3979 | #endif
|
---|
[2] | 3980 |
|
---|
| 3981 | if (e->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonPress) {
|
---|
[561] | 3982 | QApplicationPrivate::giveFocusAccordingToFocusPolicy(w,
|
---|
| 3983 | Qt::ClickFocus,
|
---|
| 3984 | Qt::MouseFocusReason);
|
---|
[2] | 3985 | }
|
---|
| 3986 |
|
---|
[561] | 3987 | // ### Qt 5 These dynamic tool tips should be an OPT-IN feature. Some platforms
|
---|
| 3988 | // like Mac OS X (probably others too), can optimize their views by not
|
---|
| 3989 | // dispatching mouse move events. We have attributes to control hover,
|
---|
| 3990 | // and mouse tracking, but as long as we are deciding to implement this
|
---|
| 3991 | // feature without choice of opting-in or out, you ALWAYS have to have
|
---|
| 3992 | // tracking enabled. Therefore, the other properties give a false sense of
|
---|
| 3993 | // performance enhancement.
|
---|
[2] | 3994 | if (e->type() == QEvent::MouseMove && mouse->buttons() == 0) {
|
---|
| 3995 | d->toolTipWidget = w;
|
---|
| 3996 | d->toolTipPos = relpos;
|
---|
| 3997 | d->toolTipGlobalPos = mouse->globalPos();
|
---|
| 3998 | d->toolTipWakeUp.start(d->toolTipFallAsleep.isActive()?20:700, this);
|
---|
| 3999 | }
|
---|
| 4000 | }
|
---|
| 4001 |
|
---|
| 4002 | bool eventAccepted = mouse->isAccepted();
|
---|
| 4003 |
|
---|
| 4004 | QPointer<QWidget> pw = w;
|
---|
| 4005 | while (w) {
|
---|
| 4006 | QMouseEvent me(mouse->type(), relpos, mouse->globalPos(), mouse->button(), mouse->buttons(),
|
---|
| 4007 | mouse->modifiers());
|
---|
| 4008 | me.spont = mouse->spontaneous();
|
---|
| 4009 | // throw away any mouse-tracking-only mouse events
|
---|
| 4010 | if (!w->hasMouseTracking()
|
---|
| 4011 | && mouse->type() == QEvent::MouseMove && mouse->buttons() == 0) {
|
---|
| 4012 | // but still send them through all application event filters (normally done by notify_helper)
|
---|
| 4013 | for (int i = 0; i < d->eventFilters.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 4014 | register QObject *obj = d->eventFilters.at(i);
|
---|
| 4015 | if (!obj)
|
---|
| 4016 | continue;
|
---|
| 4017 | if (obj->d_func()->threadData != w->d_func()->threadData) {
|
---|
| 4018 | qWarning("QApplication: Object event filter cannot be in a different thread.");
|
---|
| 4019 | continue;
|
---|
| 4020 | }
|
---|
| 4021 | if (obj->eventFilter(w, w == receiver ? mouse : &me))
|
---|
| 4022 | break;
|
---|
| 4023 | }
|
---|
| 4024 | res = true;
|
---|
| 4025 | } else {
|
---|
| 4026 | w->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMouseReplay, false);
|
---|
| 4027 | res = d->notify_helper(w, w == receiver ? mouse : &me);
|
---|
| 4028 | e->spont = false;
|
---|
| 4029 | }
|
---|
| 4030 | eventAccepted = (w == receiver ? mouse : &me)->isAccepted();
|
---|
| 4031 | if (res && eventAccepted)
|
---|
| 4032 | break;
|
---|
| 4033 | if (w->isWindow() || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation))
|
---|
| 4034 | break;
|
---|
| 4035 | relpos += w->pos();
|
---|
| 4036 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 4037 | }
|
---|
| 4038 |
|
---|
| 4039 | mouse->setAccepted(eventAccepted);
|
---|
| 4040 |
|
---|
| 4041 | if (e->type() == QEvent::MouseMove) {
|
---|
| 4042 | if (!pw)
|
---|
| 4043 | break;
|
---|
| 4044 |
|
---|
| 4045 | w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
| 4046 | relpos = mouse->pos();
|
---|
| 4047 | QPoint diff = relpos - w->mapFromGlobal(d->hoverGlobalPos);
|
---|
| 4048 | while (w) {
|
---|
| 4049 | if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_Hover) &&
|
---|
[561] | 4050 | (!QApplication::activePopupWidget() || QApplication::activePopupWidget() == w->window())) {
|
---|
[2] | 4051 | QHoverEvent he(QEvent::HoverMove, relpos, relpos - diff);
|
---|
| 4052 | d->notify_helper(w, &he);
|
---|
| 4053 | }
|
---|
| 4054 | if (w->isWindow() || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation))
|
---|
| 4055 | break;
|
---|
| 4056 | relpos += w->pos();
|
---|
| 4057 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 4058 | }
|
---|
| 4059 | }
|
---|
| 4060 |
|
---|
| 4061 | d->hoverGlobalPos = mouse->globalPos();
|
---|
| 4062 | }
|
---|
| 4063 | break;
|
---|
| 4064 | #ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
|
---|
| 4065 | case QEvent::Wheel:
|
---|
| 4066 | {
|
---|
| 4067 | QWidget* w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
| 4068 | QWheelEvent* wheel = static_cast<QWheelEvent*>(e);
|
---|
| 4069 | QPoint relpos = wheel->pos();
|
---|
| 4070 | bool eventAccepted = wheel->isAccepted();
|
---|
| 4071 |
|
---|
| 4072 | if (e->spontaneous()) {
|
---|
[561] | 4073 | QApplicationPrivate::giveFocusAccordingToFocusPolicy(w,
|
---|
| 4074 | Qt::WheelFocus,
|
---|
| 4075 | Qt::MouseFocusReason);
|
---|
[2] | 4076 | }
|
---|
| 4077 |
|
---|
| 4078 | while (w) {
|
---|
| 4079 | QWheelEvent we(relpos, wheel->globalPos(), wheel->delta(), wheel->buttons(),
|
---|
| 4080 | wheel->modifiers(), wheel->orientation());
|
---|
| 4081 | we.spont = wheel->spontaneous();
|
---|
| 4082 | res = d->notify_helper(w, w == receiver ? wheel : &we);
|
---|
| 4083 | eventAccepted = ((w == receiver) ? wheel : &we)->isAccepted();
|
---|
| 4084 | e->spont = false;
|
---|
| 4085 | if ((res && eventAccepted)
|
---|
| 4086 | || w->isWindow() || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation))
|
---|
| 4087 | break;
|
---|
| 4088 |
|
---|
| 4089 | relpos += w->pos();
|
---|
| 4090 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 4091 | }
|
---|
| 4092 | wheel->setAccepted(eventAccepted);
|
---|
| 4093 | }
|
---|
| 4094 | break;
|
---|
| 4095 | #endif
|
---|
| 4096 | #ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU
|
---|
| 4097 | case QEvent::ContextMenu:
|
---|
| 4098 | {
|
---|
| 4099 | QWidget* w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
| 4100 | QContextMenuEvent *context = static_cast<QContextMenuEvent*>(e);
|
---|
| 4101 | QPoint relpos = context->pos();
|
---|
| 4102 | bool eventAccepted = context->isAccepted();
|
---|
| 4103 | while (w) {
|
---|
| 4104 | QContextMenuEvent ce(context->reason(), relpos, context->globalPos(), context->modifiers());
|
---|
| 4105 | ce.spont = e->spontaneous();
|
---|
| 4106 | res = d->notify_helper(w, w == receiver ? context : &ce);
|
---|
| 4107 | eventAccepted = ((w == receiver) ? context : &ce)->isAccepted();
|
---|
| 4108 | e->spont = false;
|
---|
| 4109 |
|
---|
| 4110 | if ((res && eventAccepted)
|
---|
| 4111 | || w->isWindow() || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation))
|
---|
| 4112 | break;
|
---|
| 4113 |
|
---|
| 4114 | relpos += w->pos();
|
---|
| 4115 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 4116 | }
|
---|
| 4117 | context->setAccepted(eventAccepted);
|
---|
| 4118 | }
|
---|
| 4119 | break;
|
---|
| 4120 | #endif // QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU
|
---|
| 4121 | #ifndef QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
|
---|
| 4122 | case QEvent::TabletMove:
|
---|
| 4123 | case QEvent::TabletPress:
|
---|
| 4124 | case QEvent::TabletRelease:
|
---|
| 4125 | {
|
---|
| 4126 | QWidget *w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
| 4127 | QTabletEvent *tablet = static_cast<QTabletEvent*>(e);
|
---|
| 4128 | QPoint relpos = tablet->pos();
|
---|
| 4129 | bool eventAccepted = tablet->isAccepted();
|
---|
| 4130 | while (w) {
|
---|
| 4131 | QTabletEvent te(tablet->type(), relpos, tablet->globalPos(),
|
---|
| 4132 | tablet->hiResGlobalPos(), tablet->device(), tablet->pointerType(),
|
---|
| 4133 | tablet->pressure(), tablet->xTilt(), tablet->yTilt(),
|
---|
| 4134 | tablet->tangentialPressure(), tablet->rotation(), tablet->z(),
|
---|
| 4135 | tablet->modifiers(), tablet->uniqueId());
|
---|
| 4136 | te.spont = e->spontaneous();
|
---|
| 4137 | res = d->notify_helper(w, w == receiver ? tablet : &te);
|
---|
| 4138 | eventAccepted = ((w == receiver) ? tablet : &te)->isAccepted();
|
---|
| 4139 | e->spont = false;
|
---|
| 4140 | if ((res && eventAccepted)
|
---|
| 4141 | || w->isWindow()
|
---|
| 4142 | || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation))
|
---|
| 4143 | break;
|
---|
| 4144 |
|
---|
| 4145 | relpos += w->pos();
|
---|
| 4146 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 4147 | }
|
---|
| 4148 | tablet->setAccepted(eventAccepted);
|
---|
| 4149 | qt_tabletChokeMouse = tablet->isAccepted();
|
---|
| 4150 | }
|
---|
| 4151 | break;
|
---|
| 4152 | #endif // QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
|
---|
| 4153 |
|
---|
| 4154 | #if !defined(QT_NO_TOOLTIP) || !defined(QT_NO_WHATSTHIS)
|
---|
| 4155 | case QEvent::ToolTip:
|
---|
| 4156 | case QEvent::WhatsThis:
|
---|
| 4157 | case QEvent::QueryWhatsThis:
|
---|
| 4158 | {
|
---|
| 4159 | QWidget* w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
| 4160 | QHelpEvent *help = static_cast<QHelpEvent*>(e);
|
---|
| 4161 | QPoint relpos = help->pos();
|
---|
| 4162 | bool eventAccepted = help->isAccepted();
|
---|
| 4163 | while (w) {
|
---|
| 4164 | QHelpEvent he(help->type(), relpos, help->globalPos());
|
---|
| 4165 | he.spont = e->spontaneous();
|
---|
| 4166 | res = d->notify_helper(w, w == receiver ? help : &he);
|
---|
| 4167 | e->spont = false;
|
---|
| 4168 | eventAccepted = (w == receiver ? help : &he)->isAccepted();
|
---|
| 4169 | if ((res && eventAccepted) || w->isWindow())
|
---|
| 4170 | break;
|
---|
| 4171 |
|
---|
| 4172 | relpos += w->pos();
|
---|
| 4173 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 4174 | }
|
---|
| 4175 | help->setAccepted(eventAccepted);
|
---|
| 4176 | }
|
---|
| 4177 | break;
|
---|
| 4178 | #endif
|
---|
| 4179 | #if !defined(QT_NO_STATUSTIP) || !defined(QT_NO_WHATSTHIS)
|
---|
| 4180 | case QEvent::StatusTip:
|
---|
| 4181 | case QEvent::WhatsThisClicked:
|
---|
| 4182 | {
|
---|
| 4183 | QWidget *w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
| 4184 | while (w) {
|
---|
| 4185 | res = d->notify_helper(w, e);
|
---|
| 4186 | if ((res && e->isAccepted()) || w->isWindow())
|
---|
| 4187 | break;
|
---|
| 4188 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 4189 | }
|
---|
| 4190 | }
|
---|
| 4191 | break;
|
---|
| 4192 | #endif
|
---|
| 4193 |
|
---|
| 4194 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
---|
| 4195 | case QEvent::DragEnter: {
|
---|
| 4196 | QWidget* w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
| 4197 | QDragEnterEvent *dragEvent = static_cast<QDragEnterEvent *>(e);
|
---|
| 4198 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
---|
| 4199 | // HIView has a slight difference in how it delivers events to children and parents
|
---|
| 4200 | // It will not give a leave to a child's parent when it enters a child.
|
---|
| 4201 | QWidget *currentTarget = QDragManager::self()->currentTarget();
|
---|
| 4202 | if (currentTarget) {
|
---|
| 4203 | // Assume currentTarget did not get a leave
|
---|
| 4204 | QDragLeaveEvent event;
|
---|
| 4205 | QApplication::sendEvent(currentTarget, &event);
|
---|
| 4206 | }
|
---|
| 4207 | #endif
|
---|
| 4208 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
| 4209 | // QGraphicsProxyWidget handles its own propagation,
|
---|
| 4210 | // and we must not change QDragManagers currentTarget.
|
---|
| 4211 | QWExtra *extra = w->window()->d_func()->extra;
|
---|
| 4212 | if (extra && extra->proxyWidget) {
|
---|
| 4213 | res = d->notify_helper(w, dragEvent);
|
---|
| 4214 | break;
|
---|
| 4215 | }
|
---|
| 4216 | #endif
|
---|
| 4217 | while (w) {
|
---|
| 4218 | if (w->isEnabled() && w->acceptDrops()) {
|
---|
| 4219 | res = d->notify_helper(w, dragEvent);
|
---|
| 4220 | if (res && dragEvent->isAccepted()) {
|
---|
| 4221 | QDragManager::self()->setCurrentTarget(w);
|
---|
| 4222 | break;
|
---|
| 4223 | }
|
---|
| 4224 | }
|
---|
| 4225 | if (w->isWindow())
|
---|
| 4226 | break;
|
---|
| 4227 | dragEvent->p = w->mapToParent(dragEvent->p);
|
---|
| 4228 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 4229 | }
|
---|
| 4230 | }
|
---|
| 4231 | break;
|
---|
| 4232 | case QEvent::DragMove:
|
---|
| 4233 | case QEvent::Drop:
|
---|
| 4234 | case QEvent::DragLeave: {
|
---|
| 4235 | QWidget* w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
| 4236 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
| 4237 | // QGraphicsProxyWidget handles its own propagation,
|
---|
| 4238 | // and we must not change QDragManagers currentTarget.
|
---|
| 4239 | QWExtra *extra = w->window()->d_func()->extra;
|
---|
| 4240 | bool isProxyWidget = extra && extra->proxyWidget;
|
---|
| 4241 | if (!isProxyWidget)
|
---|
| 4242 | #endif
|
---|
| 4243 | w = QDragManager::self()->currentTarget();
|
---|
| 4244 |
|
---|
| 4245 | if (!w) {
|
---|
| 4246 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
---|
| 4247 | // HIView has a slight difference in how it delivers events to children and parents
|
---|
| 4248 | // It will not give an enter to a child's parent when it leaves the child.
|
---|
| 4249 | if (e->type() == QEvent::DragLeave)
|
---|
| 4250 | break;
|
---|
| 4251 | // Assume that w did not get an enter.
|
---|
| 4252 | QDropEvent *dropEvent = static_cast<QDropEvent *>(e);
|
---|
| 4253 | QDragEnterEvent dragEnterEvent(dropEvent->pos(), dropEvent->possibleActions(),
|
---|
| 4254 | dropEvent->mimeData(), dropEvent->mouseButtons(),
|
---|
| 4255 | dropEvent->keyboardModifiers());
|
---|
| 4256 | QApplication::sendEvent(receiver, &dragEnterEvent);
|
---|
| 4257 | w = QDragManager::self()->currentTarget();
|
---|
| 4258 | if (!w)
|
---|
| 4259 | #endif
|
---|
| 4260 | break;
|
---|
| 4261 | }
|
---|
| 4262 | if (e->type() == QEvent::DragMove || e->type() == QEvent::Drop) {
|
---|
| 4263 | QDropEvent *dragEvent = static_cast<QDropEvent *>(e);
|
---|
| 4264 | QWidget *origReciver = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
| 4265 | while (origReciver && w != origReciver) {
|
---|
| 4266 | dragEvent->p = origReciver->mapToParent(dragEvent->p);
|
---|
| 4267 | origReciver = origReciver->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 4268 | }
|
---|
| 4269 | }
|
---|
| 4270 | res = d->notify_helper(w, e);
|
---|
| 4271 | if (e->type() != QEvent::DragMove
|
---|
| 4272 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
| 4273 | && !isProxyWidget
|
---|
| 4274 | #endif
|
---|
| 4275 | )
|
---|
| 4276 | QDragManager::self()->setCurrentTarget(0, e->type() == QEvent::Drop);
|
---|
| 4277 | }
|
---|
| 4278 | break;
|
---|
| 4279 | #endif
|
---|
[561] | 4280 | case QEvent::TouchBegin:
|
---|
| 4281 | // Note: TouchUpdate and TouchEnd events are never propagated
|
---|
| 4282 | {
|
---|
| 4283 | QWidget *widget = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
| 4284 | QTouchEvent *touchEvent = static_cast<QTouchEvent *>(e);
|
---|
| 4285 | bool eventAccepted = touchEvent->isAccepted();
|
---|
| 4286 | if (widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptTouchEvents) && e->spontaneous()) {
|
---|
| 4287 | // give the widget focus if the focus policy allows it
|
---|
| 4288 | QApplicationPrivate::giveFocusAccordingToFocusPolicy(widget,
|
---|
| 4289 | Qt::ClickFocus,
|
---|
| 4290 | Qt::MouseFocusReason);
|
---|
| 4291 | }
|
---|
[2] | 4292 |
|
---|
[561] | 4293 | while (widget) {
|
---|
| 4294 | // first, try to deliver the touch event
|
---|
| 4295 | bool acceptTouchEvents = widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptTouchEvents);
|
---|
| 4296 | touchEvent->setWidget(widget);
|
---|
| 4297 | touchEvent->setAccepted(acceptTouchEvents);
|
---|
| 4298 | QWeakPointer<QWidget> p = widget;
|
---|
| 4299 | res = acceptTouchEvents && d->notify_helper(widget, touchEvent);
|
---|
| 4300 | eventAccepted = touchEvent->isAccepted();
|
---|
| 4301 | if (p.isNull()) {
|
---|
| 4302 | // widget was deleted
|
---|
| 4303 | widget = 0;
|
---|
| 4304 | } else {
|
---|
| 4305 | widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_AcceptedTouchBeginEvent, res && eventAccepted);
|
---|
| 4306 | }
|
---|
| 4307 | touchEvent->spont = false;
|
---|
| 4308 | if (res && eventAccepted) {
|
---|
| 4309 | // the first widget to accept the TouchBegin gets an implicit grab.
|
---|
| 4310 | for (int i = 0; i < touchEvent->touchPoints().count(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 4311 | const QTouchEvent::TouchPoint &touchPoint = touchEvent->touchPoints().at(i);
|
---|
| 4312 | d->widgetForTouchPointId[touchPoint.id()] = widget;
|
---|
| 4313 | }
|
---|
| 4314 | break;
|
---|
| 4315 | } else if (p.isNull() || widget->isWindow() || widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation)) {
|
---|
| 4316 | break;
|
---|
| 4317 | }
|
---|
| 4318 | QPoint offset = widget->pos();
|
---|
| 4319 | widget = widget->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 4320 | touchEvent->setWidget(widget);
|
---|
| 4321 | for (int i = 0; i < touchEvent->_touchPoints.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 4322 | QTouchEvent::TouchPoint &pt = touchEvent->_touchPoints[i];
|
---|
| 4323 | QRectF rect = pt.rect();
|
---|
| 4324 | rect.moveCenter(offset);
|
---|
| 4325 | pt.d->rect = rect;
|
---|
| 4326 | pt.d->startPos = pt.startPos() + offset;
|
---|
| 4327 | pt.d->lastPos = pt.lastPos() + offset;
|
---|
| 4328 | }
|
---|
| 4329 | }
|
---|
| 4330 |
|
---|
| 4331 | touchEvent->setAccepted(eventAccepted);
|
---|
| 4332 | break;
|
---|
| 4333 | }
|
---|
| 4334 | case QEvent::RequestSoftwareInputPanel:
|
---|
| 4335 | case QEvent::CloseSoftwareInputPanel:
|
---|
| 4336 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
---|
| 4337 | if (receiver->isWidgetType()) {
|
---|
| 4338 | QWidget *w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
| 4339 | QInputContext *ic = w->inputContext();
|
---|
| 4340 | if (ic && ic->filterEvent(e)) {
|
---|
| 4341 | break;
|
---|
| 4342 | }
|
---|
| 4343 | }
|
---|
| 4344 | #endif
|
---|
| 4345 | res = d->notify_helper(receiver, e);
|
---|
| 4346 | break;
|
---|
| 4347 |
|
---|
[846] | 4348 | #ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
|
---|
[561] | 4349 | case QEvent::NativeGesture:
|
---|
| 4350 | {
|
---|
| 4351 | // only propagate the first gesture event (after the GID_BEGIN)
|
---|
| 4352 | QWidget *w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
| 4353 | while (w) {
|
---|
| 4354 | e->ignore();
|
---|
| 4355 | res = d->notify_helper(w, e);
|
---|
| 4356 | if ((res && e->isAccepted()) || w->isWindow())
|
---|
| 4357 | break;
|
---|
| 4358 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 4359 | }
|
---|
| 4360 | break;
|
---|
| 4361 | }
|
---|
| 4362 | case QEvent::Gesture:
|
---|
| 4363 | case QEvent::GestureOverride:
|
---|
| 4364 | {
|
---|
| 4365 | if (receiver->isWidgetType()) {
|
---|
| 4366 | QWidget *w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
| 4367 | QGestureEvent *gestureEvent = static_cast<QGestureEvent *>(e);
|
---|
| 4368 | QList<QGesture *> allGestures = gestureEvent->gestures();
|
---|
| 4369 |
|
---|
| 4370 | bool eventAccepted = gestureEvent->isAccepted();
|
---|
| 4371 | bool wasAccepted = eventAccepted;
|
---|
| 4372 | while (w) {
|
---|
| 4373 | // send only gestures the widget expects
|
---|
| 4374 | QList<QGesture *> gestures;
|
---|
| 4375 | QWidgetPrivate *wd = w->d_func();
|
---|
| 4376 | for (int i = 0; i < allGestures.size();) {
|
---|
| 4377 | QGesture *g = allGestures.at(i);
|
---|
| 4378 | Qt::GestureType type = g->gestureType();
|
---|
| 4379 | QMap<Qt::GestureType, Qt::GestureFlags>::iterator contextit =
|
---|
| 4380 | wd->gestureContext.find(type);
|
---|
| 4381 | bool deliver = contextit != wd->gestureContext.end() &&
|
---|
| 4382 | (g->state() == Qt::GestureStarted || w == receiver ||
|
---|
| 4383 | (contextit.value() & Qt::ReceivePartialGestures));
|
---|
| 4384 | if (deliver) {
|
---|
| 4385 | allGestures.removeAt(i);
|
---|
| 4386 | gestures.append(g);
|
---|
| 4387 | } else {
|
---|
| 4388 | ++i;
|
---|
| 4389 | }
|
---|
| 4390 | }
|
---|
| 4391 | if (!gestures.isEmpty()) { // we have gestures for this w
|
---|
| 4392 | QGestureEvent ge(gestures);
|
---|
| 4393 | ge.t = gestureEvent->t;
|
---|
| 4394 | ge.spont = gestureEvent->spont;
|
---|
| 4395 | ge.m_accept = wasAccepted;
|
---|
| 4396 | ge.d_func()->accepted = gestureEvent->d_func()->accepted;
|
---|
| 4397 | res = d->notify_helper(w, &ge);
|
---|
| 4398 | gestureEvent->spont = false;
|
---|
| 4399 | eventAccepted = ge.isAccepted();
|
---|
| 4400 | for (int i = 0; i < gestures.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 4401 | QGesture *g = gestures.at(i);
|
---|
[846] | 4402 | // Ignore res [event return value] because handling of multiple gestures
|
---|
| 4403 | // packed into a single QEvent depends on not consuming the event
|
---|
| 4404 | if (eventAccepted || ge.isAccepted(g)) {
|
---|
[561] | 4405 | // if the gesture was accepted, mark the target widget for it
|
---|
| 4406 | gestureEvent->d_func()->targetWidgets[g->gestureType()] = w;
|
---|
| 4407 | gestureEvent->setAccepted(g, true);
|
---|
[846] | 4408 | } else {
|
---|
[561] | 4409 | // if the gesture was explicitly ignored by the application,
|
---|
| 4410 | // put it back so a parent can get it
|
---|
| 4411 | allGestures.append(g);
|
---|
| 4412 | }
|
---|
| 4413 | }
|
---|
| 4414 | }
|
---|
| 4415 | if (allGestures.isEmpty()) // everything delivered
|
---|
| 4416 | break;
|
---|
| 4417 | if (w->isWindow())
|
---|
| 4418 | break;
|
---|
| 4419 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 4420 | }
|
---|
| 4421 | foreach (QGesture *g, allGestures)
|
---|
| 4422 | gestureEvent->setAccepted(g, false);
|
---|
| 4423 | gestureEvent->m_accept = false; // to make sure we check individual gestures
|
---|
| 4424 | } else {
|
---|
| 4425 | res = d->notify_helper(receiver, e);
|
---|
| 4426 | }
|
---|
| 4427 | break;
|
---|
| 4428 | }
|
---|
[846] | 4429 | #endif // QT_NO_GESTURES
|
---|
[2] | 4430 | default:
|
---|
| 4431 | res = d->notify_helper(receiver, e);
|
---|
| 4432 | break;
|
---|
| 4433 | }
|
---|
| 4434 |
|
---|
| 4435 | return res;
|
---|
| 4436 | }
|
---|
| 4437 |
|
---|
| 4438 | bool QApplicationPrivate::notify_helper(QObject *receiver, QEvent * e)
|
---|
| 4439 | {
|
---|
| 4440 | // send to all application event filters
|
---|
| 4441 | if (sendThroughApplicationEventFilters(receiver, e))
|
---|
| 4442 | return true;
|
---|
| 4443 |
|
---|
| 4444 | if (receiver->isWidgetType()) {
|
---|
| 4445 | QWidget *widget = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
| 4446 |
|
---|
[561] | 4447 | #if !defined(Q_WS_WINCE) || (defined(GWES_ICONCURS) && !defined(QT_NO_CURSOR))
|
---|
[2] | 4448 | // toggle HasMouse widget state on enter and leave
|
---|
| 4449 | if ((e->type() == QEvent::Enter || e->type() == QEvent::DragEnter) &&
|
---|
[561] | 4450 | (!QApplication::activePopupWidget() || QApplication::activePopupWidget() == widget->window()))
|
---|
[2] | 4451 | widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_UnderMouse, true);
|
---|
| 4452 | else if (e->type() == QEvent::Leave || e->type() == QEvent::DragLeave)
|
---|
| 4453 | widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_UnderMouse, false);
|
---|
| 4454 | #endif
|
---|
| 4455 |
|
---|
| 4456 | if (QLayout *layout=widget->d_func()->layout) {
|
---|
| 4457 | layout->widgetEvent(e);
|
---|
| 4458 | }
|
---|
| 4459 | }
|
---|
| 4460 |
|
---|
| 4461 | // send to all receiver event filters
|
---|
| 4462 | if (sendThroughObjectEventFilters(receiver, e))
|
---|
| 4463 | return true;
|
---|
| 4464 |
|
---|
| 4465 | // deliver the event
|
---|
| 4466 | bool consumed = receiver->event(e);
|
---|
| 4467 | e->spont = false;
|
---|
| 4468 | return consumed;
|
---|
| 4469 | }
|
---|
| 4470 |
|
---|
| 4471 |
|
---|
| 4472 | /*!
|
---|
| 4473 | \class QSessionManager
|
---|
| 4474 | \brief The QSessionManager class provides access to the session manager.
|
---|
| 4475 |
|
---|
| 4476 | A session manager in a desktop environment (in which Qt GUI applications
|
---|
| 4477 | live) keeps track of a session, which is a group of running applications,
|
---|
| 4478 | each of which has a particular state. The state of an application contains
|
---|
| 4479 | (most notably) the documents the application has open and the position and
|
---|
| 4480 | size of its windows.
|
---|
| 4481 |
|
---|
| 4482 | The session manager is used to save the session, e.g., when the machine is
|
---|
| 4483 | shut down, and to restore a session, e.g., when the machine is started up.
|
---|
| 4484 | We recommend that you use QSettings to save an application's settings,
|
---|
| 4485 | for example, window positions, recently used files, etc. When the
|
---|
| 4486 | application is restarted by the session manager, you can restore the
|
---|
| 4487 | settings.
|
---|
| 4488 |
|
---|
| 4489 | QSessionManager provides an interface between the application and the
|
---|
| 4490 | session manager so that the program can work well with the session manager.
|
---|
| 4491 | In Qt, session management requests for action are handled by the two
|
---|
| 4492 | virtual functions QApplication::commitData() and QApplication::saveState().
|
---|
| 4493 | Both provide a reference to a session manager object as argument, to allow
|
---|
| 4494 | the application to communicate with the session manager. The session
|
---|
| 4495 | manager can only be accessed through these functions.
|
---|
| 4496 |
|
---|
| 4497 | No user interaction is possible \e unless the application gets explicit
|
---|
| 4498 | permission from the session manager. You ask for permission by calling
|
---|
| 4499 | allowsInteraction() or, if it is really urgent, allowsErrorInteraction().
|
---|
| 4500 | Qt does not enforce this, but the session manager may.
|
---|
| 4501 |
|
---|
| 4502 | You can try to abort the shutdown process by calling cancel(). The default
|
---|
| 4503 | commitData() function does this if some top-level window rejected its
|
---|
| 4504 | closeEvent().
|
---|
| 4505 |
|
---|
| 4506 | For sophisticated session managers provided on Unix/X11, QSessionManager
|
---|
| 4507 | offers further possibilities to fine-tune an application's session
|
---|
| 4508 | management behavior: setRestartCommand(), setDiscardCommand(),
|
---|
| 4509 | setRestartHint(), setProperty(), requestPhase2(). See the respective
|
---|
| 4510 | function descriptions for further details.
|
---|
| 4511 |
|
---|
| 4512 | \sa QApplication, {Session Management}
|
---|
| 4513 | */
|
---|
| 4514 |
|
---|
| 4515 | /*! \enum QSessionManager::RestartHint
|
---|
| 4516 |
|
---|
| 4517 | This enum type defines the circumstances under which this application wants
|
---|
| 4518 | to be restarted by the session manager. The current values are:
|
---|
| 4519 |
|
---|
| 4520 | \value RestartIfRunning If the application is still running when the
|
---|
| 4521 | session is shut down, it wants to be restarted
|
---|
| 4522 | at the start of the next session.
|
---|
| 4523 |
|
---|
| 4524 | \value RestartAnyway The application wants to be started at the
|
---|
| 4525 | start of the next session, no matter what.
|
---|
| 4526 | (This is useful for utilities that run just
|
---|
| 4527 | after startup and then quit.)
|
---|
| 4528 |
|
---|
| 4529 | \value RestartImmediately The application wants to be started immediately
|
---|
| 4530 | whenever it is not running.
|
---|
| 4531 |
|
---|
| 4532 | \value RestartNever The application does not want to be restarted
|
---|
| 4533 | automatically.
|
---|
| 4534 |
|
---|
| 4535 | The default hint is \c RestartIfRunning.
|
---|
| 4536 | */
|
---|
| 4537 |
|
---|
| 4538 |
|
---|
| 4539 | /*!
|
---|
| 4540 | \fn QString QSessionManager::sessionId() const
|
---|
| 4541 |
|
---|
| 4542 | Returns the identifier of the current session.
|
---|
| 4543 |
|
---|
| 4544 | If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this
|
---|
| 4545 | identifier is the same as it was in the earlier session.
|
---|
| 4546 |
|
---|
| 4547 | \sa sessionKey(), QApplication::sessionId()
|
---|
| 4548 | */
|
---|
| 4549 |
|
---|
| 4550 | /*!
|
---|
| 4551 | \fn QString QSessionManager::sessionKey() const
|
---|
| 4552 |
|
---|
| 4553 | Returns the session key in the current session.
|
---|
| 4554 |
|
---|
| 4555 | If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this key is
|
---|
| 4556 | the same as it was when the previous session ended.
|
---|
| 4557 |
|
---|
| 4558 | The session key changes with every call of commitData() or saveState().
|
---|
| 4559 |
|
---|
| 4560 | \sa sessionId(), QApplication::sessionKey()
|
---|
| 4561 | */
|
---|
| 4562 |
|
---|
| 4563 | /*!
|
---|
| 4564 | \fn void* QSessionManager::handle() const
|
---|
| 4565 |
|
---|
| 4566 | \internal
|
---|
| 4567 | */
|
---|
| 4568 |
|
---|
| 4569 | /*!
|
---|
| 4570 | \fn bool QSessionManager::allowsInteraction()
|
---|
| 4571 |
|
---|
| 4572 | Asks the session manager for permission to interact with the user. Returns
|
---|
| 4573 | true if interaction is permitted; otherwise returns false.
|
---|
| 4574 |
|
---|
| 4575 | The rationale behind this mechanism is to make it possible to synchronize
|
---|
| 4576 | user interaction during a shutdown. Advanced session managers may ask all
|
---|
| 4577 | applications simultaneously to commit their data, resulting in a much
|
---|
| 4578 | faster shutdown.
|
---|
| 4579 |
|
---|
| 4580 | When the interaction is completed we strongly recommend releasing the user
|
---|
| 4581 | interaction semaphore with a call to release(). This way, other
|
---|
| 4582 | applications may get the chance to interact with the user while your
|
---|
| 4583 | application is still busy saving data. (The semaphore is implicitly
|
---|
| 4584 | released when the application exits.)
|
---|
| 4585 |
|
---|
| 4586 | If the user decides to cancel the shutdown process during the interaction
|
---|
| 4587 | phase, you must tell the session manager that this has happened by calling
|
---|
| 4588 | cancel().
|
---|
| 4589 |
|
---|
| 4590 | Here's an example of how an application's QApplication::commitData() might
|
---|
| 4591 | be implemented:
|
---|
| 4592 |
|
---|
| 4593 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 8
|
---|
| 4594 |
|
---|
| 4595 | If an error occurred within the application while saving its data, you may
|
---|
| 4596 | want to try allowsErrorInteraction() instead.
|
---|
| 4597 |
|
---|
| 4598 | \sa QApplication::commitData(), release(), cancel()
|
---|
| 4599 | */
|
---|
| 4600 |
|
---|
| 4601 |
|
---|
| 4602 | /*!
|
---|
| 4603 | \fn bool QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction()
|
---|
| 4604 |
|
---|
| 4605 | Returns true if error interaction is permitted; otherwise returns false.
|
---|
| 4606 |
|
---|
| 4607 | This is similar to allowsInteraction(), but also enables the application to
|
---|
| 4608 | tell the user about any errors that occur. Session managers may give error
|
---|
| 4609 | interaction requests higher priority, which means that it is more likely
|
---|
| 4610 | that an error interaction is permitted. However, you are still not
|
---|
| 4611 | guaranteed that the session manager will allow interaction.
|
---|
| 4612 |
|
---|
| 4613 | \sa allowsInteraction(), release(), cancel()
|
---|
| 4614 | */
|
---|
| 4615 |
|
---|
| 4616 | /*!
|
---|
| 4617 | \fn void QSessionManager::release()
|
---|
| 4618 |
|
---|
| 4619 | Releases the session manager's interaction semaphore after an interaction
|
---|
| 4620 | phase.
|
---|
| 4621 |
|
---|
| 4622 | \sa allowsInteraction(), allowsErrorInteraction()
|
---|
| 4623 | */
|
---|
| 4624 |
|
---|
| 4625 | /*!
|
---|
| 4626 | \fn void QSessionManager::cancel()
|
---|
| 4627 |
|
---|
| 4628 | Tells the session manager to cancel the shutdown process. Applications
|
---|
| 4629 | should not call this function without asking the user first.
|
---|
| 4630 |
|
---|
| 4631 | \sa allowsInteraction(), allowsErrorInteraction()
|
---|
| 4632 | */
|
---|
| 4633 |
|
---|
| 4634 | /*!
|
---|
| 4635 | \fn void QSessionManager::setRestartHint(RestartHint hint)
|
---|
| 4636 |
|
---|
| 4637 | Sets the application's restart hint to \a hint. On application startup, the
|
---|
| 4638 | hint is set to \c RestartIfRunning.
|
---|
| 4639 |
|
---|
| 4640 | \note These flags are only hints, a session manager may or may not respect
|
---|
| 4641 | them.
|
---|
| 4642 |
|
---|
| 4643 | We recommend setting the restart hint in QApplication::saveState() because
|
---|
| 4644 | most session managers perform a checkpoint shortly after an application's
|
---|
| 4645 | startup.
|
---|
| 4646 |
|
---|
| 4647 | \sa restartHint()
|
---|
| 4648 | */
|
---|
| 4649 |
|
---|
| 4650 | /*!
|
---|
| 4651 | \fn QSessionManager::RestartHint QSessionManager::restartHint() const
|
---|
| 4652 |
|
---|
| 4653 | Returns the application's current restart hint. The default is
|
---|
| 4654 | \c RestartIfRunning.
|
---|
| 4655 |
|
---|
| 4656 | \sa setRestartHint()
|
---|
| 4657 | */
|
---|
| 4658 |
|
---|
| 4659 | /*!
|
---|
| 4660 | \fn void QSessionManager::setRestartCommand(const QStringList& command)
|
---|
| 4661 |
|
---|
| 4662 | If the session manager is capable of restoring sessions it will execute
|
---|
| 4663 | \a command in order to restore the application. The command defaults to
|
---|
| 4664 |
|
---|
| 4665 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 9
|
---|
| 4666 |
|
---|
| 4667 | The \c -session option is mandatory; otherwise QApplication cannot tell
|
---|
| 4668 | whether it has been restored or what the current session identifier is.
|
---|
| 4669 | See QApplication::isSessionRestored() and QApplication::sessionId() for
|
---|
| 4670 | details.
|
---|
| 4671 |
|
---|
| 4672 | If your application is very simple, it may be possible to store the entire
|
---|
| 4673 | application state in additional command line options. This is usually a
|
---|
| 4674 | very bad idea because command lines are often limited to a few hundred
|
---|
| 4675 | bytes. Instead, use QSettings, temporary files, or a database for this
|
---|
| 4676 | purpose. By marking the data with the unique sessionId(), you will be able
|
---|
| 4677 | to restore the application in a future session.
|
---|
| 4678 |
|
---|
| 4679 | \sa restartCommand(), setDiscardCommand(), setRestartHint()
|
---|
| 4680 | */
|
---|
| 4681 |
|
---|
| 4682 | /*!
|
---|
| 4683 | \fn QStringList QSessionManager::restartCommand() const
|
---|
| 4684 |
|
---|
| 4685 | Returns the currently set restart command.
|
---|
| 4686 |
|
---|
| 4687 | To iterate over the list, you can use the \l foreach pseudo-keyword:
|
---|
| 4688 |
|
---|
| 4689 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 10
|
---|
| 4690 |
|
---|
| 4691 | \sa setRestartCommand(), restartHint()
|
---|
| 4692 | */
|
---|
| 4693 |
|
---|
| 4694 | /*!
|
---|
| 4695 | \fn void QSessionManager::setDiscardCommand(const QStringList& list)
|
---|
| 4696 |
|
---|
| 4697 | Sets the discard command to the given \a list.
|
---|
| 4698 |
|
---|
| 4699 | \sa discardCommand(), setRestartCommand()
|
---|
| 4700 | */
|
---|
| 4701 |
|
---|
| 4702 |
|
---|
| 4703 | /*!
|
---|
| 4704 | \fn QStringList QSessionManager::discardCommand() const
|
---|
| 4705 |
|
---|
| 4706 | Returns the currently set discard command.
|
---|
| 4707 |
|
---|
| 4708 | To iterate over the list, you can use the \l foreach pseudo-keyword:
|
---|
| 4709 |
|
---|
| 4710 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 11
|
---|
| 4711 |
|
---|
| 4712 | \sa setDiscardCommand(), restartCommand(), setRestartCommand()
|
---|
| 4713 | */
|
---|
| 4714 |
|
---|
| 4715 | /*!
|
---|
| 4716 | \fn void QSessionManager::setManagerProperty(const QString &name, const QString &value)
|
---|
| 4717 | \overload
|
---|
| 4718 |
|
---|
| 4719 | Low-level write access to the application's identification and state
|
---|
| 4720 | records are kept in the session manager.
|
---|
| 4721 |
|
---|
| 4722 | The property called \a name has its value set to the string \a value.
|
---|
| 4723 | */
|
---|
| 4724 |
|
---|
| 4725 | /*!
|
---|
| 4726 | \fn void QSessionManager::setManagerProperty(const QString& name,
|
---|
| 4727 | const QStringList& value)
|
---|
| 4728 |
|
---|
| 4729 | Low-level write access to the application's identification and state record
|
---|
| 4730 | are kept in the session manager.
|
---|
| 4731 |
|
---|
| 4732 | The property called \a name has its value set to the string list \a value.
|
---|
| 4733 | */
|
---|
| 4734 |
|
---|
| 4735 | /*!
|
---|
| 4736 | \fn bool QSessionManager::isPhase2() const
|
---|
| 4737 |
|
---|
| 4738 | Returns true if the session manager is currently performing a second
|
---|
| 4739 | session management phase; otherwise returns false.
|
---|
| 4740 |
|
---|
| 4741 | \sa requestPhase2()
|
---|
| 4742 | */
|
---|
| 4743 |
|
---|
| 4744 | /*!
|
---|
| 4745 | \fn void QSessionManager::requestPhase2()
|
---|
| 4746 |
|
---|
| 4747 | Requests a second session management phase for the application. The
|
---|
| 4748 | application may then return immediately from the QApplication::commitData()
|
---|
| 4749 | or QApplication::saveState() function, and they will be called again once
|
---|
| 4750 | most or all other applications have finished their session management.
|
---|
| 4751 |
|
---|
| 4752 | The two phases are useful for applications such as the X11 window manager
|
---|
| 4753 | that need to store information about another application's windows and
|
---|
| 4754 | therefore have to wait until these applications have completed their
|
---|
| 4755 | respective session management tasks.
|
---|
| 4756 |
|
---|
| 4757 | \note If another application has requested a second phase it may get called
|
---|
| 4758 | before, simultaneously with, or after your application's second phase.
|
---|
| 4759 |
|
---|
| 4760 | \sa isPhase2()
|
---|
| 4761 | */
|
---|
| 4762 |
|
---|
| 4763 | /*****************************************************************************
|
---|
| 4764 | Stubbed session management support
|
---|
| 4765 | *****************************************************************************/
|
---|
| 4766 | #ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
---|
[428] | 4767 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_PM) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_WS_QWS)
|
---|
[2] | 4768 |
|
---|
| 4769 | #if defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
|
---|
| 4770 | HRESULT qt_CoCreateGuid(GUID* guid)
|
---|
| 4771 | {
|
---|
| 4772 | // We will use the following information to create the GUID
|
---|
| 4773 | // 1. absolute path to application
|
---|
[561] | 4774 | wchar_t tempFilename[MAX_PATH];
|
---|
| 4775 | if (!GetModuleFileName(0, tempFilename, MAX_PATH))
|
---|
[2] | 4776 | return S_FALSE;
|
---|
[561] | 4777 | unsigned int hash = qHash(QString::fromWCharArray(tempFilename));
|
---|
[2] | 4778 | guid->Data1 = hash;
|
---|
| 4779 | // 2. creation time of file
|
---|
[561] | 4780 | QFileInfo info(QString::fromWCharArray(tempFilename));
|
---|
[2] | 4781 | guid->Data2 = qHash(info.created().toTime_t());
|
---|
| 4782 | // 3. current system time
|
---|
| 4783 | guid->Data3 = qHash(QDateTime::currentDateTime().toTime_t());
|
---|
| 4784 | return S_OK;
|
---|
| 4785 | }
|
---|
| 4786 | #if !defined(OLE32_MCOMGUID) || defined(QT_WINCE_FORCE_CREATE_GUID)
|
---|
| 4787 | #define CoCreateGuid qt_CoCreateGuid
|
---|
| 4788 | #endif
|
---|
| 4789 |
|
---|
| 4790 | #endif
|
---|
| 4791 |
|
---|
| 4792 | class QSessionManagerPrivate : public QObjectPrivate
|
---|
| 4793 | {
|
---|
| 4794 | public:
|
---|
| 4795 | QStringList restartCommand;
|
---|
| 4796 | QStringList discardCommand;
|
---|
| 4797 | QString sessionId;
|
---|
| 4798 | QString sessionKey;
|
---|
| 4799 | QSessionManager::RestartHint restartHint;
|
---|
| 4800 | };
|
---|
| 4801 |
|
---|
| 4802 | QSessionManager* qt_session_manager_self = 0;
|
---|
| 4803 | QSessionManager::QSessionManager(QApplication * app, QString &id, QString &key)
|
---|
| 4804 | : QObject(*new QSessionManagerPrivate, app)
|
---|
| 4805 | {
|
---|
| 4806 | Q_D(QSessionManager);
|
---|
| 4807 | setObjectName(QLatin1String("qt_sessionmanager"));
|
---|
| 4808 | qt_session_manager_self = this;
|
---|
| 4809 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
| 4810 | wchar_t guidstr[40];
|
---|
| 4811 | GUID guid;
|
---|
| 4812 | CoCreateGuid(&guid);
|
---|
| 4813 | StringFromGUID2(guid, guidstr, 40);
|
---|
[561] | 4814 | id = QString::fromWCharArray(guidstr);
|
---|
[2] | 4815 | CoCreateGuid(&guid);
|
---|
| 4816 | StringFromGUID2(guid, guidstr, 40);
|
---|
[561] | 4817 | key = QString::fromWCharArray(guidstr);
|
---|
[2] | 4818 | #endif
|
---|
| 4819 | d->sessionId = id;
|
---|
| 4820 | d->sessionKey = key;
|
---|
| 4821 | d->restartHint = RestartIfRunning;
|
---|
| 4822 | }
|
---|
| 4823 |
|
---|
| 4824 | QSessionManager::~QSessionManager()
|
---|
| 4825 | {
|
---|
| 4826 | qt_session_manager_self = 0;
|
---|
| 4827 | }
|
---|
| 4828 |
|
---|
| 4829 | QString QSessionManager::sessionId() const
|
---|
| 4830 | {
|
---|
| 4831 | Q_D(const QSessionManager);
|
---|
| 4832 | return d->sessionId;
|
---|
| 4833 | }
|
---|
| 4834 |
|
---|
| 4835 | QString QSessionManager::sessionKey() const
|
---|
| 4836 | {
|
---|
| 4837 | Q_D(const QSessionManager);
|
---|
| 4838 | return d->sessionKey;
|
---|
| 4839 | }
|
---|
| 4840 |
|
---|
| 4841 |
|
---|
| 4842 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_MAC)
|
---|
| 4843 | void* QSessionManager::handle() const
|
---|
| 4844 | {
|
---|
| 4845 | return 0;
|
---|
| 4846 | }
|
---|
| 4847 | #endif
|
---|
| 4848 |
|
---|
[428] | 4849 | #if !defined(Q_WS_WIN) && !defined(Q_WS_PM)
|
---|
[2] | 4850 | bool QSessionManager::allowsInteraction()
|
---|
| 4851 | {
|
---|
| 4852 | return true;
|
---|
| 4853 | }
|
---|
| 4854 |
|
---|
| 4855 | bool QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction()
|
---|
| 4856 | {
|
---|
| 4857 | return true;
|
---|
| 4858 | }
|
---|
| 4859 | void QSessionManager::release()
|
---|
| 4860 | {
|
---|
| 4861 | }
|
---|
| 4862 |
|
---|
| 4863 | void QSessionManager::cancel()
|
---|
| 4864 | {
|
---|
| 4865 | }
|
---|
| 4866 | #endif
|
---|
| 4867 |
|
---|
| 4868 |
|
---|
| 4869 | void QSessionManager::setRestartHint(QSessionManager::RestartHint hint)
|
---|
| 4870 | {
|
---|
| 4871 | Q_D(QSessionManager);
|
---|
| 4872 | d->restartHint = hint;
|
---|
| 4873 | }
|
---|
| 4874 |
|
---|
| 4875 | QSessionManager::RestartHint QSessionManager::restartHint() const
|
---|
| 4876 | {
|
---|
| 4877 | Q_D(const QSessionManager);
|
---|
| 4878 | return d->restartHint;
|
---|
| 4879 | }
|
---|
| 4880 |
|
---|
| 4881 | void QSessionManager::setRestartCommand(const QStringList& command)
|
---|
| 4882 | {
|
---|
| 4883 | Q_D(QSessionManager);
|
---|
| 4884 | d->restartCommand = command;
|
---|
| 4885 | }
|
---|
| 4886 |
|
---|
| 4887 | QStringList QSessionManager::restartCommand() const
|
---|
| 4888 | {
|
---|
| 4889 | Q_D(const QSessionManager);
|
---|
| 4890 | return d->restartCommand;
|
---|
| 4891 | }
|
---|
| 4892 |
|
---|
| 4893 | void QSessionManager::setDiscardCommand(const QStringList& command)
|
---|
| 4894 | {
|
---|
| 4895 | Q_D(QSessionManager);
|
---|
| 4896 | d->discardCommand = command;
|
---|
| 4897 | }
|
---|
| 4898 |
|
---|
| 4899 | QStringList QSessionManager::discardCommand() const
|
---|
| 4900 | {
|
---|
| 4901 | Q_D(const QSessionManager);
|
---|
| 4902 | return d->discardCommand;
|
---|
| 4903 | }
|
---|
| 4904 |
|
---|
| 4905 | void QSessionManager::setManagerProperty(const QString&, const QString&)
|
---|
| 4906 | {
|
---|
| 4907 | }
|
---|
| 4908 |
|
---|
| 4909 | void QSessionManager::setManagerProperty(const QString&, const QStringList&)
|
---|
| 4910 | {
|
---|
| 4911 | }
|
---|
| 4912 |
|
---|
| 4913 | bool QSessionManager::isPhase2() const
|
---|
| 4914 | {
|
---|
| 4915 | return false;
|
---|
| 4916 | }
|
---|
| 4917 |
|
---|
| 4918 | void QSessionManager::requestPhase2()
|
---|
| 4919 | {
|
---|
| 4920 | }
|
---|
| 4921 |
|
---|
| 4922 | #endif
|
---|
| 4923 | #endif // QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
---|
| 4924 |
|
---|
| 4925 | /*!
|
---|
| 4926 | \typedef QApplication::ColorMode
|
---|
| 4927 | \compat
|
---|
| 4928 |
|
---|
| 4929 | Use ColorSpec instead.
|
---|
| 4930 | */
|
---|
| 4931 |
|
---|
| 4932 | /*!
|
---|
| 4933 | \fn Qt::MacintoshVersion QApplication::macVersion()
|
---|
| 4934 |
|
---|
| 4935 | Use QSysInfo::MacintoshVersion instead.
|
---|
| 4936 | */
|
---|
| 4937 |
|
---|
| 4938 | /*!
|
---|
| 4939 | \fn QApplication::ColorMode QApplication::colorMode()
|
---|
| 4940 |
|
---|
| 4941 | Use colorSpec() instead, and use ColorSpec as the enum type.
|
---|
| 4942 | */
|
---|
| 4943 |
|
---|
| 4944 | /*!
|
---|
| 4945 | \fn void QApplication::setColorMode(ColorMode mode)
|
---|
| 4946 |
|
---|
| 4947 | Use setColorSpec() instead, and pass a ColorSpec value instead.
|
---|
| 4948 | */
|
---|
| 4949 |
|
---|
| 4950 | /*!
|
---|
| 4951 | \fn bool QApplication::hasGlobalMouseTracking()
|
---|
| 4952 |
|
---|
| 4953 | This feature does not exist anymore. This function always returns true
|
---|
| 4954 | in Qt 4.
|
---|
| 4955 | */
|
---|
| 4956 |
|
---|
| 4957 | /*!
|
---|
| 4958 | \fn void QApplication::setGlobalMouseTracking(bool dummy)
|
---|
| 4959 |
|
---|
| 4960 | This function does nothing in Qt 4. The \a dummy parameter is ignored.
|
---|
| 4961 | */
|
---|
| 4962 |
|
---|
| 4963 | /*!
|
---|
| 4964 | \fn void QApplication::flushX()
|
---|
| 4965 |
|
---|
| 4966 | Use flush() instead.
|
---|
| 4967 | */
|
---|
| 4968 |
|
---|
| 4969 | /*!
|
---|
| 4970 | \fn void QApplication::setWinStyleHighlightColor(const QColor &c)
|
---|
| 4971 |
|
---|
| 4972 | Use the palette instead.
|
---|
| 4973 |
|
---|
| 4974 | \oldcode
|
---|
| 4975 | app.setWinStyleHighlightColor(color);
|
---|
| 4976 | \newcode
|
---|
[561] | 4977 | QPalette palette(QApplication::palette());
|
---|
[2] | 4978 | palette.setColor(QPalette::Highlight, color);
|
---|
[561] | 4979 | QApplication::setPalette(palette);
|
---|
[2] | 4980 | \endcode
|
---|
| 4981 | */
|
---|
| 4982 |
|
---|
| 4983 | /*!
|
---|
| 4984 | \fn void QApplication::setPalette(const QPalette &pal, bool b, const char* className = 0)
|
---|
| 4985 |
|
---|
| 4986 | Use the two-argument overload instead.
|
---|
| 4987 | */
|
---|
| 4988 |
|
---|
| 4989 | /*!
|
---|
| 4990 | \fn void QApplication::setFont(const QFont &font, bool b, const char* className = 0)
|
---|
| 4991 |
|
---|
| 4992 | Use the two-argument overload instead.
|
---|
| 4993 | */
|
---|
| 4994 |
|
---|
| 4995 | /*!
|
---|
| 4996 | \fn const QColor &QApplication::winStyleHighlightColor()
|
---|
| 4997 |
|
---|
[561] | 4998 | Use QApplication::palette().color(QPalette::Active, QPalette::Highlight) instead.
|
---|
[2] | 4999 | */
|
---|
| 5000 |
|
---|
| 5001 | /*!
|
---|
| 5002 | \fn QWidget *QApplication::widgetAt(int x, int y, bool child)
|
---|
| 5003 |
|
---|
| 5004 | Use the two-argument widgetAt() overload to get the child widget. To get
|
---|
| 5005 | the top-level widget do this:
|
---|
| 5006 |
|
---|
| 5007 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 12
|
---|
| 5008 | */
|
---|
| 5009 |
|
---|
| 5010 | /*!
|
---|
| 5011 | \fn QWidget *QApplication::widgetAt(const QPoint &point, bool child)
|
---|
| 5012 |
|
---|
| 5013 | Use the single-argument widgetAt() overload to get the child widget. To get
|
---|
| 5014 | the top-level widget do this:
|
---|
| 5015 |
|
---|
| 5016 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 13
|
---|
| 5017 | */
|
---|
| 5018 |
|
---|
| 5019 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
---|
| 5020 | QWidget *QApplication::mainWidget()
|
---|
| 5021 | {
|
---|
| 5022 | return QApplicationPrivate::main_widget;
|
---|
| 5023 | }
|
---|
| 5024 | #endif
|
---|
| 5025 | bool QApplicationPrivate::inPopupMode() const
|
---|
| 5026 | {
|
---|
| 5027 | return QApplicationPrivate::popupWidgets != 0;
|
---|
| 5028 | }
|
---|
| 5029 |
|
---|
| 5030 | /*!
|
---|
| 5031 | \property QApplication::quitOnLastWindowClosed
|
---|
| 5032 |
|
---|
| 5033 | \brief whether the application implicitly quits when the last window is
|
---|
| 5034 | closed.
|
---|
| 5035 |
|
---|
| 5036 | The default is true.
|
---|
| 5037 |
|
---|
| 5038 | If this property is true, the applications quits when the last visible
|
---|
| 5039 | primary window (i.e. window with no parent) with the Qt::WA_QuitOnClose
|
---|
| 5040 | attribute set is closed. By default this attribute is set for all widgets
|
---|
| 5041 | except for sub-windows. Refer to \l{Qt::WindowType} for a detailed list of
|
---|
| 5042 | Qt::Window objects.
|
---|
| 5043 |
|
---|
| 5044 | \sa quit(), QWidget::close()
|
---|
| 5045 | */
|
---|
| 5046 |
|
---|
| 5047 | void QApplication::setQuitOnLastWindowClosed(bool quit)
|
---|
| 5048 | {
|
---|
| 5049 | QApplicationPrivate::quitOnLastWindowClosed = quit;
|
---|
| 5050 | }
|
---|
| 5051 |
|
---|
| 5052 | bool QApplication::quitOnLastWindowClosed()
|
---|
| 5053 | {
|
---|
| 5054 | return QApplicationPrivate::quitOnLastWindowClosed;
|
---|
| 5055 | }
|
---|
| 5056 |
|
---|
| 5057 | void QApplicationPrivate::emitLastWindowClosed()
|
---|
| 5058 | {
|
---|
| 5059 | if (qApp && qApp->d_func()->in_exec) {
|
---|
| 5060 | if (QApplicationPrivate::quitOnLastWindowClosed) {
|
---|
| 5061 | // get ready to quit, this event might be removed if the
|
---|
| 5062 | // event loop is re-entered, however
|
---|
| 5063 | QApplication::postEvent(qApp, new QEvent(QEvent::Quit));
|
---|
| 5064 | }
|
---|
| 5065 | emit qApp->lastWindowClosed();
|
---|
| 5066 | }
|
---|
| 5067 | }
|
---|
| 5068 |
|
---|
| 5069 | /*! \variable QApplication::NormalColors
|
---|
| 5070 | \compat
|
---|
| 5071 |
|
---|
| 5072 | Use \l NormalColor instead.
|
---|
| 5073 | */
|
---|
| 5074 |
|
---|
| 5075 | /*! \variable QApplication::CustomColors
|
---|
| 5076 | \compat
|
---|
| 5077 |
|
---|
| 5078 | Use \l CustomColor instead.
|
---|
| 5079 | */
|
---|
| 5080 |
|
---|
| 5081 | #ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
|
---|
| 5082 | /*!
|
---|
[561] | 5083 | Sets the kind of focus navigation Qt should use to \a mode.
|
---|
| 5084 |
|
---|
| 5085 | This feature is available in Qt for Embedded Linux, Symbian and Windows CE
|
---|
| 5086 | only.
|
---|
| 5087 |
|
---|
| 5088 | \note On Windows CE this feature is disabled by default for touch device
|
---|
| 5089 | mkspecs. To enable keypad navigation, build Qt with
|
---|
| 5090 | QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION defined.
|
---|
| 5091 |
|
---|
| 5092 | \note On Symbian, setting the mode to Qt::NavigationModeCursorAuto will enable a
|
---|
| 5093 | virtual mouse cursor on non touchscreen devices, which is controlled
|
---|
| 5094 | by the cursor keys if there is no analog pointer device.
|
---|
| 5095 | On other platforms and on touchscreen devices, it has the same
|
---|
| 5096 | meaning as Qt::NavigationModeNone.
|
---|
| 5097 |
|
---|
| 5098 | \since 4.6
|
---|
| 5099 |
|
---|
| 5100 | \sa keypadNavigationEnabled()
|
---|
| 5101 | */
|
---|
| 5102 | void QApplication::setNavigationMode(Qt::NavigationMode mode)
|
---|
| 5103 | {
|
---|
| 5104 | #ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
|
---|
| 5105 | QApplicationPrivate::setNavigationMode(mode);
|
---|
| 5106 | #else
|
---|
| 5107 | QApplicationPrivate::navigationMode = mode;
|
---|
| 5108 | #endif
|
---|
| 5109 | }
|
---|
| 5110 |
|
---|
| 5111 | /*!
|
---|
| 5112 | Returns what kind of focus navigation Qt is using.
|
---|
| 5113 |
|
---|
| 5114 | This feature is available in Qt for Embedded Linux, Symbian and Windows CE
|
---|
| 5115 | only.
|
---|
| 5116 |
|
---|
| 5117 | \note On Windows CE this feature is disabled by default for touch device
|
---|
| 5118 | mkspecs. To enable keypad navigation, build Qt with
|
---|
| 5119 | QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION defined.
|
---|
| 5120 |
|
---|
| 5121 | \note On Symbian, the default mode is Qt::NavigationModeNone for touch
|
---|
| 5122 | devices, and Qt::NavigationModeKeypadDirectional.
|
---|
| 5123 |
|
---|
| 5124 | \since 4.6
|
---|
| 5125 |
|
---|
| 5126 | \sa keypadNavigationEnabled()
|
---|
| 5127 | */
|
---|
| 5128 | Qt::NavigationMode QApplication::navigationMode()
|
---|
| 5129 | {
|
---|
| 5130 | return QApplicationPrivate::navigationMode;
|
---|
| 5131 | }
|
---|
| 5132 |
|
---|
| 5133 | /*!
|
---|
[2] | 5134 | Sets whether Qt should use focus navigation suitable for use with a
|
---|
| 5135 | minimal keypad.
|
---|
| 5136 |
|
---|
[561] | 5137 | This feature is available in Qt for Embedded Linux, Symbian and Windows CE
|
---|
| 5138 | only.
|
---|
[2] | 5139 |
|
---|
[561] | 5140 | \note On Windows CE this feature is disabled by default for touch device
|
---|
| 5141 | mkspecs. To enable keypad navigation, build Qt with
|
---|
| 5142 | QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION defined.
|
---|
[2] | 5143 |
|
---|
[561] | 5144 | \deprecated
|
---|
| 5145 |
|
---|
| 5146 | \sa setNavigationMode()
|
---|
[2] | 5147 | */
|
---|
| 5148 | void QApplication::setKeypadNavigationEnabled(bool enable)
|
---|
| 5149 | {
|
---|
[561] | 5150 | if (enable) {
|
---|
| 5151 | #ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
|
---|
| 5152 | QApplication::setNavigationMode(Qt::NavigationModeKeypadDirectional);
|
---|
| 5153 | #else
|
---|
| 5154 | QApplication::setNavigationMode(Qt::NavigationModeKeypadTabOrder);
|
---|
| 5155 | #endif
|
---|
| 5156 | }
|
---|
| 5157 | else {
|
---|
| 5158 | QApplication::setNavigationMode(Qt::NavigationModeNone);
|
---|
| 5159 | }
|
---|
[2] | 5160 | }
|
---|
| 5161 |
|
---|
| 5162 | /*!
|
---|
| 5163 | Returns true if Qt is set to use keypad navigation; otherwise returns
|
---|
[561] | 5164 | false. The default value is true on Symbian, but false on other platforms.
|
---|
[2] | 5165 |
|
---|
[561] | 5166 | This feature is available in Qt for Embedded Linux, Symbian and Windows CE
|
---|
| 5167 | only.
|
---|
[2] | 5168 |
|
---|
[561] | 5169 | \note On Windows CE this feature is disabled by default for touch device
|
---|
| 5170 | mkspecs. To enable keypad navigation, build Qt with
|
---|
| 5171 | QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION defined.
|
---|
| 5172 |
|
---|
| 5173 | \deprecated
|
---|
| 5174 |
|
---|
| 5175 | \sa navigationMode()
|
---|
[2] | 5176 | */
|
---|
| 5177 | bool QApplication::keypadNavigationEnabled()
|
---|
| 5178 | {
|
---|
[561] | 5179 | return QApplicationPrivate::navigationMode == Qt::NavigationModeKeypadTabOrder ||
|
---|
| 5180 | QApplicationPrivate::navigationMode == Qt::NavigationModeKeypadDirectional;
|
---|
[2] | 5181 | }
|
---|
| 5182 | #endif
|
---|
| 5183 |
|
---|
| 5184 | /*!
|
---|
| 5185 | \fn void QApplication::alert(QWidget *widget, int msec)
|
---|
| 5186 | \since 4.3
|
---|
| 5187 |
|
---|
| 5188 | Causes an alert to be shown for \a widget if the window is not the active
|
---|
| 5189 | window. The alert is shown for \a msec miliseconds. If \a msec is zero (the
|
---|
| 5190 | default), then the alert is shown indefinitely until the window becomes
|
---|
| 5191 | active again.
|
---|
| 5192 |
|
---|
| 5193 | Currently this function does nothing on Qt for Embedded Linux.
|
---|
| 5194 |
|
---|
| 5195 | On Mac OS X, this works more at the application level and will cause the
|
---|
| 5196 | application icon to bounce in the dock.
|
---|
| 5197 |
|
---|
[561] | 5198 | On Windows, this causes the window's taskbar entry to flash for a time. If
|
---|
[2] | 5199 | \a msec is zero, the flashing will stop and the taskbar entry will turn a
|
---|
| 5200 | different color (currently orange).
|
---|
| 5201 |
|
---|
| 5202 | On X11, this will cause the window to be marked as "demands attention", the
|
---|
| 5203 | window must not be hidden (i.e. not have hide() called on it, but be
|
---|
| 5204 | visible in some sort of way) in order for this to work.
|
---|
| 5205 | */
|
---|
| 5206 |
|
---|
| 5207 | /*!
|
---|
| 5208 | \property QApplication::cursorFlashTime
|
---|
| 5209 | \brief the text cursor's flash (blink) time in milliseconds
|
---|
| 5210 |
|
---|
| 5211 | The flash time is the time required to display, invert and restore the
|
---|
| 5212 | caret display. Usually the text cursor is displayed for half the cursor
|
---|
| 5213 | flash time, then hidden for the same amount of time, but this may vary.
|
---|
| 5214 |
|
---|
[561] | 5215 | The default value on X11 is 1000 milliseconds. On Windows, the
|
---|
| 5216 | \gui{Control Panel} value is used and setting this property sets the cursor
|
---|
| 5217 | flash time for all applications.
|
---|
[2] | 5218 |
|
---|
[561] | 5219 | We recommend that widgets do not cache this value as it may change at any
|
---|
| 5220 | time if the user changes the global desktop settings.
|
---|
[2] | 5221 | */
|
---|
| 5222 |
|
---|
| 5223 | /*!
|
---|
| 5224 | \property QApplication::doubleClickInterval
|
---|
[561] | 5225 | \brief the time limit in milliseconds that distinguishes a double click
|
---|
| 5226 | from two consecutive mouse clicks
|
---|
[2] | 5227 |
|
---|
[561] | 5228 | The default value on X11 is 400 milliseconds. On Windows and Mac OS, the
|
---|
| 5229 | operating system's value is used. However, on Windows and Symbian OS,
|
---|
| 5230 | calling this function sets the double click interval for all applications.
|
---|
[2] | 5231 | */
|
---|
| 5232 |
|
---|
| 5233 | /*!
|
---|
| 5234 | \property QApplication::keyboardInputInterval
|
---|
| 5235 | \brief the time limit in milliseconds that distinguishes a key press
|
---|
| 5236 | from two consecutive key presses
|
---|
| 5237 | \since 4.2
|
---|
| 5238 |
|
---|
[561] | 5239 | The default value on X11 is 400 milliseconds. On Windows and Mac OS, the
|
---|
[2] | 5240 | operating system's value is used.
|
---|
| 5241 | */
|
---|
| 5242 |
|
---|
| 5243 | /*!
|
---|
| 5244 | \property QApplication::wheelScrollLines
|
---|
| 5245 | \brief the number of lines to scroll a widget, when the
|
---|
| 5246 | mouse wheel is rotated.
|
---|
| 5247 |
|
---|
| 5248 | If the value exceeds the widget's number of visible lines, the widget
|
---|
| 5249 | should interpret the scroll operation as a single \e{page up} or
|
---|
| 5250 | \e{page down}. If the widget is an \l{QAbstractItemView}{item view class},
|
---|
| 5251 | then the result of scrolling one \e line depends on the setting of the
|
---|
| 5252 | widget's \l{QAbstractItemView::verticalScrollMode()}{scroll mode}. Scroll
|
---|
| 5253 | one \e line can mean \l{QAbstractItemView::ScrollPerItem}{scroll one item}
|
---|
| 5254 | or \l{QAbstractItemView::ScrollPerPixel}{scroll one pixel}.
|
---|
| 5255 |
|
---|
| 5256 | By default, this property has a value of 3.
|
---|
| 5257 | */
|
---|
| 5258 |
|
---|
| 5259 | /*!
|
---|
| 5260 | \fn void QApplication::setEffectEnabled(Qt::UIEffect effect, bool enable)
|
---|
| 5261 |
|
---|
| 5262 | Enables the UI effect \a effect if \a enable is true, otherwise the effect
|
---|
| 5263 | will not be used.
|
---|
| 5264 |
|
---|
| 5265 | \note All effects are disabled on screens running at less than 16-bit color
|
---|
| 5266 | depth.
|
---|
| 5267 |
|
---|
| 5268 | \sa isEffectEnabled(), Qt::UIEffect, setDesktopSettingsAware()
|
---|
| 5269 | */
|
---|
| 5270 |
|
---|
| 5271 | /*!
|
---|
| 5272 | \fn bool QApplication::isEffectEnabled(Qt::UIEffect effect)
|
---|
| 5273 |
|
---|
| 5274 | Returns true if \a effect is enabled; otherwise returns false.
|
---|
| 5275 |
|
---|
| 5276 | By default, Qt will try to use the desktop settings. To prevent this, call
|
---|
| 5277 | setDesktopSettingsAware(false).
|
---|
| 5278 |
|
---|
| 5279 | \note All effects are disabled on screens running at less than 16-bit color
|
---|
| 5280 | depth.
|
---|
| 5281 |
|
---|
| 5282 | \sa setEffectEnabled(), Qt::UIEffect
|
---|
| 5283 | */
|
---|
| 5284 |
|
---|
| 5285 | /*!
|
---|
| 5286 | \fn QWidget *QApplication::mainWidget()
|
---|
| 5287 |
|
---|
| 5288 | Returns the main application widget, or 0 if there is no main widget.
|
---|
| 5289 | */
|
---|
| 5290 |
|
---|
| 5291 | /*!
|
---|
| 5292 | \fn void QApplication::setMainWidget(QWidget *mainWidget)
|
---|
| 5293 |
|
---|
| 5294 | Sets the application's main widget to \a mainWidget.
|
---|
| 5295 |
|
---|
| 5296 | In most respects the main widget is like any other widget, except that if
|
---|
| 5297 | it is closed, the application exits. QApplication does \e not take
|
---|
| 5298 | ownership of the \a mainWidget, so if you create your main widget on the
|
---|
| 5299 | heap you must delete it yourself.
|
---|
| 5300 |
|
---|
| 5301 | You need not have a main widget; connecting lastWindowClosed() to quit()
|
---|
| 5302 | is an alternative.
|
---|
| 5303 |
|
---|
[561] | 5304 | On X11, this function also resizes and moves the main widget according
|
---|
[2] | 5305 | to the \e -geometry command-line option, so you should set the default
|
---|
| 5306 | geometry (using \l QWidget::setGeometry()) before calling setMainWidget().
|
---|
| 5307 |
|
---|
| 5308 | \sa mainWidget(), exec(), quit()
|
---|
| 5309 | */
|
---|
| 5310 |
|
---|
| 5311 | /*!
|
---|
| 5312 | \fn void QApplication::beep()
|
---|
| 5313 |
|
---|
| 5314 | Sounds the bell, using the default volume and sound. The function is \e not
|
---|
| 5315 | available in Qt for Embedded Linux.
|
---|
| 5316 | */
|
---|
| 5317 |
|
---|
| 5318 | /*!
|
---|
| 5319 | \fn void QApplication::setOverrideCursor(const QCursor &cursor)
|
---|
| 5320 |
|
---|
| 5321 | Sets the application override cursor to \a cursor.
|
---|
| 5322 |
|
---|
| 5323 | Application override cursors are intended for showing the user that the
|
---|
| 5324 | application is in a special state, for example during an operation that
|
---|
| 5325 | might take some time.
|
---|
| 5326 |
|
---|
| 5327 | This cursor will be displayed in all the application's widgets until
|
---|
| 5328 | restoreOverrideCursor() or another setOverrideCursor() is called.
|
---|
| 5329 |
|
---|
| 5330 | Application cursors are stored on an internal stack. setOverrideCursor()
|
---|
| 5331 | pushes the cursor onto the stack, and restoreOverrideCursor() pops the
|
---|
| 5332 | active cursor off the stack. changeOverrideCursor() changes the curently
|
---|
[561] | 5333 | active application override cursor.
|
---|
[2] | 5334 |
|
---|
[561] | 5335 | Every setOverrideCursor() must eventually be followed by a corresponding
|
---|
| 5336 | restoreOverrideCursor(), otherwise the stack will never be emptied.
|
---|
| 5337 |
|
---|
[2] | 5338 | Example:
|
---|
| 5339 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication_x11.cpp 0
|
---|
| 5340 |
|
---|
| 5341 | \sa overrideCursor(), restoreOverrideCursor(), changeOverrideCursor(),
|
---|
| 5342 | QWidget::setCursor()
|
---|
| 5343 | */
|
---|
| 5344 |
|
---|
| 5345 | /*!
|
---|
| 5346 | \fn void QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor()
|
---|
| 5347 |
|
---|
| 5348 | Undoes the last setOverrideCursor().
|
---|
| 5349 |
|
---|
| 5350 | If setOverrideCursor() has been called twice, calling
|
---|
| 5351 | restoreOverrideCursor() will activate the first cursor set. Calling this
|
---|
| 5352 | function a second time restores the original widgets' cursors.
|
---|
| 5353 |
|
---|
| 5354 | \sa setOverrideCursor(), overrideCursor()
|
---|
| 5355 | */
|
---|
| 5356 |
|
---|
| 5357 | /*!
|
---|
| 5358 | \macro qApp
|
---|
| 5359 | \relates QApplication
|
---|
| 5360 |
|
---|
| 5361 | A global pointer referring to the unique application object. It is
|
---|
| 5362 | equivalent to the pointer returned by the QCoreApplication::instance()
|
---|
| 5363 | function except that, in GUI applications, it is a pointer to a
|
---|
| 5364 | QApplication instance.
|
---|
| 5365 |
|
---|
| 5366 | Only one application object can be created.
|
---|
| 5367 |
|
---|
| 5368 | \sa QCoreApplication::instance()
|
---|
| 5369 | */
|
---|
| 5370 |
|
---|
[846] | 5371 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
---|
[2] | 5372 | // ************************************************************************
|
---|
| 5373 | // Input Method support
|
---|
| 5374 | // ************************************************************************
|
---|
| 5375 |
|
---|
| 5376 | /*!
|
---|
| 5377 | This function replaces the QInputContext instance used by the application
|
---|
| 5378 | with \a inputContext.
|
---|
| 5379 |
|
---|
[846] | 5380 | Qt takes ownership of the given \a inputContext.
|
---|
| 5381 |
|
---|
[2] | 5382 | \sa inputContext()
|
---|
| 5383 | */
|
---|
| 5384 | void QApplication::setInputContext(QInputContext *inputContext)
|
---|
| 5385 | {
|
---|
[95] | 5386 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
---|
[846] | 5387 | if (inputContext == QApplicationPrivate::inputContext)
|
---|
| 5388 | return;
|
---|
[2] | 5389 | if (!inputContext) {
|
---|
| 5390 | qWarning("QApplication::setInputContext: called with 0 input context");
|
---|
| 5391 | return;
|
---|
| 5392 | }
|
---|
[846] | 5393 | delete QApplicationPrivate::inputContext;
|
---|
| 5394 | QApplicationPrivate::inputContext = inputContext;
|
---|
| 5395 | QApplicationPrivate::inputContext->setParent(this);
|
---|
[95] | 5396 | #endif
|
---|
[2] | 5397 | }
|
---|
| 5398 |
|
---|
| 5399 | /*!
|
---|
| 5400 | Returns the QInputContext instance used by the application.
|
---|
| 5401 |
|
---|
| 5402 | \sa setInputContext()
|
---|
| 5403 | */
|
---|
| 5404 | QInputContext *QApplication::inputContext() const
|
---|
| 5405 | {
|
---|
[95] | 5406 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
---|
[2] | 5407 | Q_D(const QApplication);
|
---|
| 5408 | Q_UNUSED(d);// only static members being used.
|
---|
[561] | 5409 | if (QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing)
|
---|
| 5410 | return d->inputContext;
|
---|
[2] | 5411 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11
|
---|
| 5412 | if (!X11)
|
---|
| 5413 | return 0;
|
---|
| 5414 | if (!d->inputContext) {
|
---|
| 5415 | QApplication *that = const_cast<QApplication *>(this);
|
---|
| 5416 | QInputContext *qic = QInputContextFactory::create(X11->default_im, that);
|
---|
| 5417 | // fallback to default X Input Method.
|
---|
| 5418 | if (!qic)
|
---|
| 5419 | qic = QInputContextFactory::create(QLatin1String("xim"), that);
|
---|
| 5420 | that->d_func()->inputContext = qic;
|
---|
| 5421 | }
|
---|
[846] | 5422 | #elif defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
|
---|
[561] | 5423 | if (!d->inputContext) {
|
---|
| 5424 | QApplication *that = const_cast<QApplication *>(this);
|
---|
[846] | 5425 | const QStringList keys = QInputContextFactory::keys();
|
---|
| 5426 | // Try hbim and coefep first, then try others.
|
---|
| 5427 | if (keys.contains(QLatin1String("hbim"))) {
|
---|
| 5428 | that->d_func()->inputContext = QInputContextFactory::create(QLatin1String("hbim"), that);
|
---|
| 5429 | } else if (keys.contains(QLatin1String("coefep"))) {
|
---|
| 5430 | that->d_func()->inputContext = QInputContextFactory::create(QLatin1String("coefep"), that);
|
---|
| 5431 | } else {
|
---|
| 5432 | for (int c = 0; c < keys.size() && !d->inputContext; ++c) {
|
---|
| 5433 | that->d_func()->inputContext = QInputContextFactory::create(keys[c], that);
|
---|
| 5434 | }
|
---|
| 5435 | }
|
---|
[561] | 5436 | }
|
---|
[2] | 5437 | #endif
|
---|
| 5438 | return d->inputContext;
|
---|
[95] | 5439 | #else
|
---|
| 5440 | return 0;
|
---|
| 5441 | #endif
|
---|
[2] | 5442 | }
|
---|
[846] | 5443 | #endif // QT_NO_IM
|
---|
[2] | 5444 |
|
---|
| 5445 | //Returns the current platform used by keyBindings
|
---|
| 5446 | uint QApplicationPrivate::currentPlatform(){
|
---|
| 5447 | uint platform = KB_Win;
|
---|
| 5448 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
---|
| 5449 | platform = KB_Mac;
|
---|
| 5450 | #elif defined Q_WS_X11
|
---|
| 5451 | platform = KB_X11;
|
---|
| 5452 | if (X11->desktopEnvironment == DE_KDE)
|
---|
| 5453 | platform |= KB_KDE;
|
---|
| 5454 | if (X11->desktopEnvironment == DE_GNOME)
|
---|
| 5455 | platform |= KB_Gnome;
|
---|
| 5456 | if (X11->desktopEnvironment == DE_CDE)
|
---|
| 5457 | platform |= KB_CDE;
|
---|
[561] | 5458 | #elif defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
|
---|
| 5459 | platform = KB_S60;
|
---|
[2] | 5460 | #endif
|
---|
| 5461 | return platform;
|
---|
| 5462 | }
|
---|
| 5463 |
|
---|
| 5464 | bool qt_sendSpontaneousEvent(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event)
|
---|
| 5465 | {
|
---|
| 5466 | return QCoreApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(receiver, event);
|
---|
| 5467 | }
|
---|
| 5468 |
|
---|
| 5469 |
|
---|
| 5470 | /*!
|
---|
| 5471 | \since 4.2
|
---|
| 5472 |
|
---|
| 5473 | Returns the current keyboard input locale.
|
---|
| 5474 | */
|
---|
| 5475 | QLocale QApplication::keyboardInputLocale()
|
---|
| 5476 | {
|
---|
| 5477 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::checkInstance("keyboardInputLocale"))
|
---|
| 5478 | return QLocale::c();
|
---|
| 5479 | return qt_keymapper_private()->keyboardInputLocale;
|
---|
| 5480 | }
|
---|
| 5481 |
|
---|
| 5482 | /*!
|
---|
| 5483 | \since 4.2
|
---|
| 5484 |
|
---|
| 5485 | Returns the current keyboard input direction.
|
---|
| 5486 | */
|
---|
| 5487 | Qt::LayoutDirection QApplication::keyboardInputDirection()
|
---|
| 5488 | {
|
---|
| 5489 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::checkInstance("keyboardInputDirection"))
|
---|
| 5490 | return Qt::LeftToRight;
|
---|
| 5491 | return qt_keymapper_private()->keyboardInputDirection;
|
---|
| 5492 | }
|
---|
| 5493 |
|
---|
[561] | 5494 | void QApplicationPrivate::giveFocusAccordingToFocusPolicy(QWidget *widget,
|
---|
| 5495 | Qt::FocusPolicy focusPolicy,
|
---|
| 5496 | Qt::FocusReason focusReason)
|
---|
| 5497 | {
|
---|
| 5498 | QWidget *focusWidget = widget;
|
---|
| 5499 | while (focusWidget) {
|
---|
| 5500 | if (focusWidget->isEnabled()
|
---|
| 5501 | && QApplicationPrivate::shouldSetFocus(focusWidget, focusPolicy)) {
|
---|
| 5502 | focusWidget->setFocus(focusReason);
|
---|
| 5503 | break;
|
---|
| 5504 | }
|
---|
| 5505 | if (focusWidget->isWindow())
|
---|
| 5506 | break;
|
---|
| 5507 | focusWidget = focusWidget->parentWidget();
|
---|
| 5508 | }
|
---|
| 5509 | }
|
---|
| 5510 |
|
---|
[2] | 5511 | bool QApplicationPrivate::shouldSetFocus(QWidget *w, Qt::FocusPolicy policy)
|
---|
| 5512 | {
|
---|
| 5513 | QWidget *f = w;
|
---|
| 5514 | while (f->d_func()->extra && f->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy)
|
---|
| 5515 | f = f->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy;
|
---|
| 5516 |
|
---|
| 5517 | if ((w->focusPolicy() & policy) != policy)
|
---|
| 5518 | return false;
|
---|
| 5519 | if (w != f && (f->focusPolicy() & policy) != policy)
|
---|
| 5520 | return false;
|
---|
| 5521 | return true;
|
---|
| 5522 | }
|
---|
| 5523 |
|
---|
[561] | 5524 | /*! \fn QDecoration &QApplication::qwsDecoration()
|
---|
| 5525 | Return the QWSDecoration used for decorating windows.
|
---|
| 5526 |
|
---|
| 5527 | \warning This method is non-portable. It is only available in
|
---|
| 5528 | Qt for Embedded Linux.
|
---|
| 5529 |
|
---|
| 5530 | \sa QDecoration
|
---|
| 5531 | */
|
---|
| 5532 |
|
---|
| 5533 | /*!
|
---|
| 5534 | \fn void QApplication::qwsSetDecoration(QDecoration *decoration)
|
---|
| 5535 |
|
---|
| 5536 | Sets the QDecoration derived class to use for decorating the
|
---|
| 5537 | windows used by Qt for Embedded Linux to the \a decoration
|
---|
| 5538 | specified.
|
---|
| 5539 |
|
---|
| 5540 | This method is non-portable. It is only available in Qt for Embedded Linux.
|
---|
| 5541 |
|
---|
| 5542 | \sa QDecoration
|
---|
| 5543 | */
|
---|
| 5544 |
|
---|
| 5545 | /*! \fn QDecoration* QApplication::qwsSetDecoration(const QString &decoration)
|
---|
| 5546 | \overload
|
---|
| 5547 |
|
---|
| 5548 | Requests a QDecoration object for \a decoration from the
|
---|
| 5549 | QDecorationFactory.
|
---|
| 5550 |
|
---|
| 5551 | The string must be one of the QDecorationFactory::keys(). Keys are case
|
---|
| 5552 | insensitive.
|
---|
| 5553 |
|
---|
| 5554 | A later call to the QApplication constructor will override the requested
|
---|
| 5555 | style when a "-style" option is passed in as a commandline parameter.
|
---|
| 5556 |
|
---|
| 5557 | Returns 0 if an unknown \a decoration is passed, otherwise the QStyle object
|
---|
| 5558 | returned is set as the application's GUI style.
|
---|
| 5559 | */
|
---|
| 5560 |
|
---|
| 5561 | /*!
|
---|
| 5562 | \fn bool QApplication::qwsEventFilter(QWSEvent *event)
|
---|
| 5563 |
|
---|
| 5564 | This virtual function is only implemented under Qt for Embedded Linux.
|
---|
| 5565 |
|
---|
| 5566 | If you create an application that inherits QApplication and
|
---|
| 5567 | reimplement this function, you get direct access to all QWS (Q
|
---|
| 5568 | Window System) events that the are received from the QWS master
|
---|
| 5569 | process. The events are passed in the \a event parameter.
|
---|
| 5570 |
|
---|
| 5571 | Return true if you want to stop the event from being processed.
|
---|
| 5572 | Return false for normal event dispatching. The default
|
---|
| 5573 | implementation returns false.
|
---|
| 5574 | */
|
---|
| 5575 |
|
---|
| 5576 | /*! \fn void QApplication::qwsSetCustomColors(QRgb *colorTable, int start, int numColors)
|
---|
| 5577 | Set Qt for Embedded Linux custom color table.
|
---|
| 5578 |
|
---|
| 5579 | Qt for Embedded Linux on 8-bpp displays allocates a standard 216 color cube.
|
---|
| 5580 | The remaining 40 colors may be used by setting a custom color
|
---|
| 5581 | table in the QWS master process before any clients connect.
|
---|
| 5582 |
|
---|
| 5583 | \a colorTable is an array of up to 40 custom colors. \a start is
|
---|
| 5584 | the starting index (0-39) and \a numColors is the number of colors
|
---|
| 5585 | to be set (1-40).
|
---|
| 5586 |
|
---|
| 5587 | This method is non-portable. It is available \e only in
|
---|
| 5588 | Qt for Embedded Linux.
|
---|
| 5589 |
|
---|
| 5590 | \note The custom colors will not be used by the default screen
|
---|
| 5591 | driver. To make use of the new colors, implement a custom screen
|
---|
| 5592 | driver, or use QDirectPainter.
|
---|
| 5593 | */
|
---|
| 5594 |
|
---|
| 5595 | /*! \fn int QApplication::qwsProcessEvent(QWSEvent* event)
|
---|
| 5596 | \internal
|
---|
| 5597 | */
|
---|
| 5598 |
|
---|
| 5599 | /*! \fn int QApplication::x11ClientMessage(QWidget* w, XEvent* event, bool passive_only)
|
---|
| 5600 | \internal
|
---|
| 5601 | */
|
---|
| 5602 |
|
---|
| 5603 | /*! \fn int QApplication::x11ProcessEvent(XEvent* event)
|
---|
| 5604 | This function does the core processing of individual X
|
---|
| 5605 | \a{event}s, normally by dispatching Qt events to the right
|
---|
| 5606 | destination.
|
---|
| 5607 |
|
---|
| 5608 | It returns 1 if the event was consumed by special handling, 0 if
|
---|
| 5609 | the \a event was consumed by normal handling, and -1 if the \a
|
---|
| 5610 | event was for an unrecognized widget.
|
---|
| 5611 |
|
---|
| 5612 | \sa x11EventFilter()
|
---|
| 5613 | */
|
---|
| 5614 |
|
---|
| 5615 | /*!
|
---|
| 5616 | \fn bool QApplication::x11EventFilter(XEvent *event)
|
---|
| 5617 |
|
---|
| 5618 | \warning This virtual function is only implemented under X11.
|
---|
| 5619 |
|
---|
| 5620 | If you create an application that inherits QApplication and
|
---|
| 5621 | reimplement this function, you get direct access to all X events
|
---|
| 5622 | that the are received from the X server. The events are passed in
|
---|
| 5623 | the \a event parameter.
|
---|
| 5624 |
|
---|
| 5625 | Return true if you want to stop the event from being processed.
|
---|
| 5626 | Return false for normal event dispatching. The default
|
---|
| 5627 | implementation returns false.
|
---|
| 5628 |
|
---|
| 5629 | It is only the directly addressed messages that are filtered.
|
---|
| 5630 | You must install an event filter directly on the event
|
---|
| 5631 | dispatcher, which is returned by
|
---|
| 5632 | QAbstractEventDispatcher::instance(), to handle system wide
|
---|
| 5633 | messages.
|
---|
| 5634 |
|
---|
| 5635 | \sa x11ProcessEvent()
|
---|
| 5636 | */
|
---|
| 5637 |
|
---|
| 5638 | /*! \fn void QApplication::winFocus(QWidget *widget, bool gotFocus)
|
---|
| 5639 | \internal
|
---|
| 5640 | \since 4.1
|
---|
| 5641 |
|
---|
| 5642 | If \a gotFocus is true, \a widget will become the active window.
|
---|
| 5643 | Otherwise the active window is reset to 0.
|
---|
| 5644 | */
|
---|
| 5645 |
|
---|
| 5646 | /*! \fn void QApplication::winMouseButtonUp()
|
---|
| 5647 | \internal
|
---|
| 5648 | */
|
---|
| 5649 |
|
---|
| 5650 | /*! \fn void QApplication::syncX()
|
---|
| 5651 | Synchronizes with the X server in the X11 implementation.
|
---|
| 5652 | This normally takes some time. Does nothing on other platforms.
|
---|
| 5653 | */
|
---|
| 5654 |
|
---|
| 5655 | void QApplicationPrivate::updateTouchPointsForWidget(QWidget *widget, QTouchEvent *touchEvent)
|
---|
| 5656 | {
|
---|
| 5657 | for (int i = 0; i < touchEvent->touchPoints().count(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 5658 | QTouchEvent::TouchPoint &touchPoint = touchEvent->_touchPoints[i];
|
---|
| 5659 |
|
---|
| 5660 | // preserve the sub-pixel resolution
|
---|
| 5661 | QRectF rect = touchPoint.screenRect();
|
---|
| 5662 | const QPointF screenPos = rect.center();
|
---|
| 5663 | const QPointF delta = screenPos - screenPos.toPoint();
|
---|
| 5664 |
|
---|
| 5665 | rect.moveCenter(widget->mapFromGlobal(screenPos.toPoint()) + delta);
|
---|
| 5666 | touchPoint.d->rect = rect;
|
---|
| 5667 | if (touchPoint.state() == Qt::TouchPointPressed) {
|
---|
| 5668 | touchPoint.d->startPos = widget->mapFromGlobal(touchPoint.startScreenPos().toPoint()) + delta;
|
---|
| 5669 | touchPoint.d->lastPos = widget->mapFromGlobal(touchPoint.lastScreenPos().toPoint()) + delta;
|
---|
| 5670 | }
|
---|
| 5671 | }
|
---|
| 5672 | }
|
---|
| 5673 |
|
---|
| 5674 | void QApplicationPrivate::initializeMultitouch()
|
---|
| 5675 | {
|
---|
| 5676 | widgetForTouchPointId.clear();
|
---|
| 5677 | appCurrentTouchPoints.clear();
|
---|
| 5678 |
|
---|
| 5679 | initializeMultitouch_sys();
|
---|
| 5680 | }
|
---|
| 5681 |
|
---|
| 5682 | void QApplicationPrivate::cleanupMultitouch()
|
---|
| 5683 | {
|
---|
| 5684 | cleanupMultitouch_sys();
|
---|
| 5685 |
|
---|
| 5686 | widgetForTouchPointId.clear();
|
---|
| 5687 | appCurrentTouchPoints.clear();
|
---|
| 5688 | }
|
---|
| 5689 |
|
---|
| 5690 | int QApplicationPrivate::findClosestTouchPointId(const QPointF &screenPos)
|
---|
| 5691 | {
|
---|
| 5692 | int closestTouchPointId = -1;
|
---|
| 5693 | qreal closestDistance = qreal(0.);
|
---|
| 5694 | foreach (const QTouchEvent::TouchPoint &touchPoint, appCurrentTouchPoints) {
|
---|
| 5695 | qreal distance = QLineF(screenPos, touchPoint.screenPos()).length();
|
---|
| 5696 | if (closestTouchPointId == -1 || distance < closestDistance) {
|
---|
| 5697 | closestTouchPointId = touchPoint.id();
|
---|
| 5698 | closestDistance = distance;
|
---|
| 5699 | }
|
---|
| 5700 | }
|
---|
| 5701 | return closestTouchPointId;
|
---|
| 5702 | }
|
---|
| 5703 |
|
---|
| 5704 | void QApplicationPrivate::translateRawTouchEvent(QWidget *window,
|
---|
| 5705 | QTouchEvent::DeviceType deviceType,
|
---|
| 5706 | const QList<QTouchEvent::TouchPoint> &touchPoints)
|
---|
| 5707 | {
|
---|
| 5708 | QApplicationPrivate *d = self;
|
---|
| 5709 | typedef QPair<Qt::TouchPointStates, QList<QTouchEvent::TouchPoint> > StatesAndTouchPoints;
|
---|
| 5710 | QHash<QWidget *, StatesAndTouchPoints> widgetsNeedingEvents;
|
---|
| 5711 |
|
---|
| 5712 | for (int i = 0; i < touchPoints.count(); ++i) {
|
---|
| 5713 | QTouchEvent::TouchPoint touchPoint = touchPoints.at(i);
|
---|
| 5714 | // explicitly detach from the original touch point that we got, so even
|
---|
| 5715 | // if the touchpoint structs are reused, we will make a copy that we'll
|
---|
| 5716 | // deliver to the user (which might want to store the struct for later use).
|
---|
| 5717 | touchPoint.d = touchPoint.d->detach();
|
---|
| 5718 |
|
---|
| 5719 | // update state
|
---|
| 5720 | QWeakPointer<QWidget> widget;
|
---|
| 5721 | switch (touchPoint.state()) {
|
---|
| 5722 | case Qt::TouchPointPressed:
|
---|
| 5723 | {
|
---|
| 5724 | if (deviceType == QTouchEvent::TouchPad) {
|
---|
| 5725 | // on touch-pads, send all touch points to the same widget
|
---|
| 5726 | widget = d->widgetForTouchPointId.isEmpty()
|
---|
| 5727 | ? QWeakPointer<QWidget>()
|
---|
| 5728 | : d->widgetForTouchPointId.constBegin().value();
|
---|
| 5729 | }
|
---|
| 5730 |
|
---|
| 5731 | if (!widget) {
|
---|
| 5732 | // determine which widget this event will go to
|
---|
| 5733 | if (!window)
|
---|
| 5734 | window = QApplication::topLevelAt(touchPoint.screenPos().toPoint());
|
---|
| 5735 | if (!window)
|
---|
| 5736 | continue;
|
---|
| 5737 | widget = window->childAt(window->mapFromGlobal(touchPoint.screenPos().toPoint()));
|
---|
| 5738 | if (!widget)
|
---|
| 5739 | widget = window;
|
---|
| 5740 | }
|
---|
| 5741 |
|
---|
| 5742 | if (deviceType == QTouchEvent::TouchScreen) {
|
---|
| 5743 | int closestTouchPointId = d->findClosestTouchPointId(touchPoint.screenPos());
|
---|
| 5744 | QWidget *closestWidget = d->widgetForTouchPointId.value(closestTouchPointId).data();
|
---|
| 5745 | if (closestWidget
|
---|
| 5746 | && (widget.data()->isAncestorOf(closestWidget) || closestWidget->isAncestorOf(widget.data()))) {
|
---|
| 5747 | widget = closestWidget;
|
---|
| 5748 | }
|
---|
| 5749 | }
|
---|
| 5750 |
|
---|
| 5751 | d->widgetForTouchPointId[touchPoint.id()] = widget;
|
---|
| 5752 | touchPoint.d->startScreenPos = touchPoint.screenPos();
|
---|
| 5753 | touchPoint.d->lastScreenPos = touchPoint.screenPos();
|
---|
| 5754 | touchPoint.d->startNormalizedPos = touchPoint.normalizedPos();
|
---|
| 5755 | touchPoint.d->lastNormalizedPos = touchPoint.normalizedPos();
|
---|
| 5756 | if (touchPoint.pressure() < qreal(0.))
|
---|
| 5757 | touchPoint.d->pressure = qreal(1.);
|
---|
| 5758 |
|
---|
| 5759 | d->appCurrentTouchPoints.insert(touchPoint.id(), touchPoint);
|
---|
| 5760 | break;
|
---|
| 5761 | }
|
---|
| 5762 | case Qt::TouchPointReleased:
|
---|
| 5763 | {
|
---|
| 5764 | widget = d->widgetForTouchPointId.take(touchPoint.id());
|
---|
| 5765 | if (!widget)
|
---|
| 5766 | continue;
|
---|
| 5767 |
|
---|
| 5768 | QTouchEvent::TouchPoint previousTouchPoint = d->appCurrentTouchPoints.take(touchPoint.id());
|
---|
| 5769 | touchPoint.d->startScreenPos = previousTouchPoint.startScreenPos();
|
---|
| 5770 | touchPoint.d->lastScreenPos = previousTouchPoint.screenPos();
|
---|
| 5771 | touchPoint.d->startPos = previousTouchPoint.startPos();
|
---|
| 5772 | touchPoint.d->lastPos = previousTouchPoint.pos();
|
---|
| 5773 | touchPoint.d->startNormalizedPos = previousTouchPoint.startNormalizedPos();
|
---|
| 5774 | touchPoint.d->lastNormalizedPos = previousTouchPoint.normalizedPos();
|
---|
| 5775 | if (touchPoint.pressure() < qreal(0.))
|
---|
| 5776 | touchPoint.d->pressure = qreal(0.);
|
---|
| 5777 | break;
|
---|
| 5778 | }
|
---|
| 5779 | default:
|
---|
| 5780 | widget = d->widgetForTouchPointId.value(touchPoint.id());
|
---|
| 5781 | if (!widget)
|
---|
| 5782 | continue;
|
---|
| 5783 |
|
---|
| 5784 | Q_ASSERT(d->appCurrentTouchPoints.contains(touchPoint.id()));
|
---|
| 5785 | QTouchEvent::TouchPoint previousTouchPoint = d->appCurrentTouchPoints.value(touchPoint.id());
|
---|
| 5786 | touchPoint.d->startScreenPos = previousTouchPoint.startScreenPos();
|
---|
| 5787 | touchPoint.d->lastScreenPos = previousTouchPoint.screenPos();
|
---|
| 5788 | touchPoint.d->startPos = previousTouchPoint.startPos();
|
---|
| 5789 | touchPoint.d->lastPos = previousTouchPoint.pos();
|
---|
| 5790 | touchPoint.d->startNormalizedPos = previousTouchPoint.startNormalizedPos();
|
---|
| 5791 | touchPoint.d->lastNormalizedPos = previousTouchPoint.normalizedPos();
|
---|
| 5792 | if (touchPoint.pressure() < qreal(0.))
|
---|
| 5793 | touchPoint.d->pressure = qreal(1.);
|
---|
| 5794 | d->appCurrentTouchPoints[touchPoint.id()] = touchPoint;
|
---|
| 5795 | break;
|
---|
| 5796 | }
|
---|
| 5797 | Q_ASSERT(widget.data() != 0);
|
---|
| 5798 |
|
---|
| 5799 | // make the *scene* functions return the same as the *screen* functions
|
---|
| 5800 | touchPoint.d->sceneRect = touchPoint.screenRect();
|
---|
| 5801 | touchPoint.d->startScenePos = touchPoint.startScreenPos();
|
---|
| 5802 | touchPoint.d->lastScenePos = touchPoint.lastScreenPos();
|
---|
| 5803 |
|
---|
| 5804 | StatesAndTouchPoints &maskAndPoints = widgetsNeedingEvents[widget.data()];
|
---|
| 5805 | maskAndPoints.first |= touchPoint.state();
|
---|
| 5806 | if (touchPoint.isPrimary())
|
---|
| 5807 | maskAndPoints.first |= Qt::TouchPointPrimary;
|
---|
| 5808 | maskAndPoints.second.append(touchPoint);
|
---|
| 5809 | }
|
---|
| 5810 |
|
---|
| 5811 | if (widgetsNeedingEvents.isEmpty())
|
---|
| 5812 | return;
|
---|
| 5813 |
|
---|
| 5814 | QHash<QWidget *, StatesAndTouchPoints>::ConstIterator it = widgetsNeedingEvents.constBegin();
|
---|
| 5815 | const QHash<QWidget *, StatesAndTouchPoints>::ConstIterator end = widgetsNeedingEvents.constEnd();
|
---|
| 5816 | for (; it != end; ++it) {
|
---|
| 5817 | QWidget *widget = it.key();
|
---|
| 5818 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::tryModalHelper(widget, 0))
|
---|
| 5819 | continue;
|
---|
| 5820 |
|
---|
| 5821 | QEvent::Type eventType;
|
---|
| 5822 | switch (it.value().first & Qt::TouchPointStateMask) {
|
---|
| 5823 | case Qt::TouchPointPressed:
|
---|
| 5824 | eventType = QEvent::TouchBegin;
|
---|
| 5825 | break;
|
---|
| 5826 | case Qt::TouchPointReleased:
|
---|
| 5827 | eventType = QEvent::TouchEnd;
|
---|
| 5828 | break;
|
---|
| 5829 | case Qt::TouchPointStationary:
|
---|
| 5830 | // don't send the event if nothing changed
|
---|
| 5831 | continue;
|
---|
| 5832 | default:
|
---|
| 5833 | eventType = QEvent::TouchUpdate;
|
---|
| 5834 | break;
|
---|
| 5835 | }
|
---|
| 5836 |
|
---|
| 5837 | QTouchEvent touchEvent(eventType,
|
---|
| 5838 | deviceType,
|
---|
| 5839 | QApplication::keyboardModifiers(),
|
---|
| 5840 | it.value().first,
|
---|
| 5841 | it.value().second);
|
---|
| 5842 | updateTouchPointsForWidget(widget, &touchEvent);
|
---|
| 5843 |
|
---|
| 5844 | switch (touchEvent.type()) {
|
---|
| 5845 | case QEvent::TouchBegin:
|
---|
| 5846 | {
|
---|
| 5847 | // if the TouchBegin handler recurses, we assume that means the event
|
---|
| 5848 | // has been implicitly accepted and continue to send touch events
|
---|
| 5849 | widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_AcceptedTouchBeginEvent);
|
---|
| 5850 | (void ) QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(widget, &touchEvent);
|
---|
| 5851 | break;
|
---|
| 5852 | }
|
---|
| 5853 | default:
|
---|
| 5854 | if (widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_AcceptedTouchBeginEvent)) {
|
---|
| 5855 | if (touchEvent.type() == QEvent::TouchEnd)
|
---|
| 5856 | widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_AcceptedTouchBeginEvent, false);
|
---|
| 5857 | (void) QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(widget, &touchEvent);
|
---|
| 5858 | }
|
---|
| 5859 | break;
|
---|
| 5860 | }
|
---|
| 5861 | }
|
---|
| 5862 | }
|
---|
| 5863 |
|
---|
| 5864 | Q_GUI_EXPORT void qt_translateRawTouchEvent(QWidget *window,
|
---|
| 5865 | QTouchEvent::DeviceType deviceType,
|
---|
| 5866 | const QList<QTouchEvent::TouchPoint> &touchPoints)
|
---|
| 5867 | {
|
---|
| 5868 | QApplicationPrivate::translateRawTouchEvent(window, deviceType, touchPoints);
|
---|
| 5869 | }
|
---|
| 5870 |
|
---|
[846] | 5871 | #ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
|
---|
[561] | 5872 | QGestureManager* QGestureManager::instance()
|
---|
| 5873 | {
|
---|
[846] | 5874 | if (QApplicationPrivate *qAppPriv = QApplicationPrivate::instance()) {
|
---|
| 5875 | if (!qAppPriv->gestureManager)
|
---|
| 5876 | qAppPriv->gestureManager = new QGestureManager(qApp);
|
---|
| 5877 | return qAppPriv->gestureManager;
|
---|
| 5878 | }
|
---|
| 5879 | return 0;
|
---|
[561] | 5880 | }
|
---|
[846] | 5881 | #endif // QT_NO_GESTURES
|
---|
[561] | 5882 |
|
---|
[846] | 5883 | // These pixmaps approximate the images in the Windows User Interface Guidelines.
|
---|
| 5884 |
|
---|
| 5885 | // XPM
|
---|
| 5886 |
|
---|
| 5887 | static const char * const move_xpm[] = {
|
---|
| 5888 | "11 20 3 1",
|
---|
| 5889 | ". c None",
|
---|
| 5890 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
| 5891 | "a c #000000",
|
---|
| 5892 | "X c #FFFFFF", // Windows cursor is traditionally white
|
---|
| 5893 | #else
|
---|
| 5894 | "a c #FFFFFF",
|
---|
| 5895 | "X c #000000", // X11 cursor is traditionally black
|
---|
| 5896 | #endif
|
---|
| 5897 | "aa.........",
|
---|
| 5898 | "aXa........",
|
---|
| 5899 | "aXXa.......",
|
---|
| 5900 | "aXXXa......",
|
---|
| 5901 | "aXXXXa.....",
|
---|
| 5902 | "aXXXXXa....",
|
---|
| 5903 | "aXXXXXXa...",
|
---|
| 5904 | "aXXXXXXXa..",
|
---|
| 5905 | "aXXXXXXXXa.",
|
---|
| 5906 | "aXXXXXXXXXa",
|
---|
| 5907 | "aXXXXXXaaaa",
|
---|
| 5908 | "aXXXaXXa...",
|
---|
| 5909 | "aXXaaXXa...",
|
---|
| 5910 | "aXa..aXXa..",
|
---|
| 5911 | "aa...aXXa..",
|
---|
| 5912 | "a.....aXXa.",
|
---|
| 5913 | "......aXXa.",
|
---|
| 5914 | ".......aXXa",
|
---|
| 5915 | ".......aXXa",
|
---|
| 5916 | "........aa."};
|
---|
| 5917 |
|
---|
| 5918 | #ifdef Q_WS_WIN
|
---|
| 5919 | /* XPM */
|
---|
| 5920 | static const char * const ignore_xpm[] = {
|
---|
| 5921 | "24 30 3 1",
|
---|
| 5922 | ". c None",
|
---|
| 5923 | "a c #000000",
|
---|
| 5924 | "X c #FFFFFF",
|
---|
| 5925 | "aa......................",
|
---|
| 5926 | "aXa.....................",
|
---|
| 5927 | "aXXa....................",
|
---|
| 5928 | "aXXXa...................",
|
---|
| 5929 | "aXXXXa..................",
|
---|
| 5930 | "aXXXXXa.................",
|
---|
| 5931 | "aXXXXXXa................",
|
---|
| 5932 | "aXXXXXXXa...............",
|
---|
| 5933 | "aXXXXXXXXa..............",
|
---|
| 5934 | "aXXXXXXXXXa.............",
|
---|
| 5935 | "aXXXXXXaaaa.............",
|
---|
| 5936 | "aXXXaXXa................",
|
---|
| 5937 | "aXXaaXXa................",
|
---|
| 5938 | "aXa..aXXa...............",
|
---|
| 5939 | "aa...aXXa...............",
|
---|
| 5940 | "a.....aXXa..............",
|
---|
| 5941 | "......aXXa.....XXXX.....",
|
---|
| 5942 | ".......aXXa..XXaaaaXX...",
|
---|
| 5943 | ".......aXXa.XaaaaaaaaX..",
|
---|
| 5944 | "........aa.XaaaXXXXaaaX.",
|
---|
| 5945 | "...........XaaaaX..XaaX.",
|
---|
| 5946 | "..........XaaXaaaX..XaaX",
|
---|
| 5947 | "..........XaaXXaaaX.XaaX",
|
---|
| 5948 | "..........XaaX.XaaaXXaaX",
|
---|
| 5949 | "..........XaaX..XaaaXaaX",
|
---|
| 5950 | "...........XaaX..XaaaaX.",
|
---|
| 5951 | "...........XaaaXXXXaaaX.",
|
---|
| 5952 | "............XaaaaaaaaX..",
|
---|
| 5953 | ".............XXaaaaXX...",
|
---|
| 5954 | "...............XXXX....."};
|
---|
| 5955 | #endif
|
---|
| 5956 |
|
---|
| 5957 | /* XPM */
|
---|
| 5958 | static const char * const copy_xpm[] = {
|
---|
| 5959 | "24 30 3 1",
|
---|
| 5960 | ". c None",
|
---|
| 5961 | "a c #000000",
|
---|
| 5962 | "X c #FFFFFF",
|
---|
| 5963 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) // Windows cursor is traditionally white
|
---|
| 5964 | "aa......................",
|
---|
| 5965 | "aXa.....................",
|
---|
| 5966 | "aXXa....................",
|
---|
| 5967 | "aXXXa...................",
|
---|
| 5968 | "aXXXXa..................",
|
---|
| 5969 | "aXXXXXa.................",
|
---|
| 5970 | "aXXXXXXa................",
|
---|
| 5971 | "aXXXXXXXa...............",
|
---|
| 5972 | "aXXXXXXXXa..............",
|
---|
| 5973 | "aXXXXXXXXXa.............",
|
---|
| 5974 | "aXXXXXXaaaa.............",
|
---|
| 5975 | "aXXXaXXa................",
|
---|
| 5976 | "aXXaaXXa................",
|
---|
| 5977 | "aXa..aXXa...............",
|
---|
| 5978 | "aa...aXXa...............",
|
---|
| 5979 | "a.....aXXa..............",
|
---|
| 5980 | "......aXXa..............",
|
---|
| 5981 | ".......aXXa.............",
|
---|
| 5982 | ".......aXXa.............",
|
---|
| 5983 | "........aa...aaaaaaaaaaa",
|
---|
| 5984 | #else
|
---|
| 5985 | "XX......................",
|
---|
| 5986 | "XaX.....................",
|
---|
| 5987 | "XaaX....................",
|
---|
| 5988 | "XaaaX...................",
|
---|
| 5989 | "XaaaaX..................",
|
---|
| 5990 | "XaaaaaX.................",
|
---|
| 5991 | "XaaaaaaX................",
|
---|
| 5992 | "XaaaaaaaX...............",
|
---|
| 5993 | "XaaaaaaaaX..............",
|
---|
| 5994 | "XaaaaaaaaaX.............",
|
---|
| 5995 | "XaaaaaaXXXX.............",
|
---|
| 5996 | "XaaaXaaX................",
|
---|
| 5997 | "XaaXXaaX................",
|
---|
| 5998 | "XaX..XaaX...............",
|
---|
| 5999 | "XX...XaaX...............",
|
---|
| 6000 | "X.....XaaX..............",
|
---|
| 6001 | "......XaaX..............",
|
---|
| 6002 | ".......XaaX.............",
|
---|
| 6003 | ".......XaaX.............",
|
---|
| 6004 | "........XX...aaaaaaaaaaa",
|
---|
| 6005 | #endif
|
---|
| 6006 | ".............aXXXXXXXXXa",
|
---|
| 6007 | ".............aXXXXXXXXXa",
|
---|
| 6008 | ".............aXXXXaXXXXa",
|
---|
| 6009 | ".............aXXXXaXXXXa",
|
---|
| 6010 | ".............aXXaaaaaXXa",
|
---|
| 6011 | ".............aXXXXaXXXXa",
|
---|
| 6012 | ".............aXXXXaXXXXa",
|
---|
| 6013 | ".............aXXXXXXXXXa",
|
---|
| 6014 | ".............aXXXXXXXXXa",
|
---|
| 6015 | ".............aaaaaaaaaaa"};
|
---|
| 6016 |
|
---|
| 6017 | /* XPM */
|
---|
| 6018 | static const char * const link_xpm[] = {
|
---|
| 6019 | "24 30 3 1",
|
---|
| 6020 | ". c None",
|
---|
| 6021 | "a c #000000",
|
---|
| 6022 | "X c #FFFFFF",
|
---|
| 6023 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) // Windows cursor is traditionally white
|
---|
| 6024 | "aa......................",
|
---|
| 6025 | "aXa.....................",
|
---|
| 6026 | "aXXa....................",
|
---|
| 6027 | "aXXXa...................",
|
---|
| 6028 | "aXXXXa..................",
|
---|
| 6029 | "aXXXXXa.................",
|
---|
| 6030 | "aXXXXXXa................",
|
---|
| 6031 | "aXXXXXXXa...............",
|
---|
| 6032 | "aXXXXXXXXa..............",
|
---|
| 6033 | "aXXXXXXXXXa.............",
|
---|
| 6034 | "aXXXXXXaaaa.............",
|
---|
| 6035 | "aXXXaXXa................",
|
---|
| 6036 | "aXXaaXXa................",
|
---|
| 6037 | "aXa..aXXa...............",
|
---|
| 6038 | "aa...aXXa...............",
|
---|
| 6039 | "a.....aXXa..............",
|
---|
| 6040 | "......aXXa..............",
|
---|
| 6041 | ".......aXXa.............",
|
---|
| 6042 | ".......aXXa.............",
|
---|
| 6043 | "........aa...aaaaaaaaaaa",
|
---|
| 6044 | #else
|
---|
| 6045 | "XX......................",
|
---|
| 6046 | "XaX.....................",
|
---|
| 6047 | "XaaX....................",
|
---|
| 6048 | "XaaaX...................",
|
---|
| 6049 | "XaaaaX..................",
|
---|
| 6050 | "XaaaaaX.................",
|
---|
| 6051 | "XaaaaaaX................",
|
---|
| 6052 | "XaaaaaaaX...............",
|
---|
| 6053 | "XaaaaaaaaX..............",
|
---|
| 6054 | "XaaaaaaaaaX.............",
|
---|
| 6055 | "XaaaaaaXXXX.............",
|
---|
| 6056 | "XaaaXaaX................",
|
---|
| 6057 | "XaaXXaaX................",
|
---|
| 6058 | "XaX..XaaX...............",
|
---|
| 6059 | "XX...XaaX...............",
|
---|
| 6060 | "X.....XaaX..............",
|
---|
| 6061 | "......XaaX..............",
|
---|
| 6062 | ".......XaaX.............",
|
---|
| 6063 | ".......XaaX.............",
|
---|
| 6064 | "........XX...aaaaaaaaaaa",
|
---|
| 6065 | #endif
|
---|
| 6066 | ".............aXXXXXXXXXa",
|
---|
| 6067 | ".............aXXXaaaaXXa",
|
---|
| 6068 | ".............aXXXXaaaXXa",
|
---|
| 6069 | ".............aXXXaaaaXXa",
|
---|
| 6070 | ".............aXXaaaXaXXa",
|
---|
| 6071 | ".............aXXaaXXXXXa",
|
---|
| 6072 | ".............aXXaXXXXXXa",
|
---|
| 6073 | ".............aXXXaXXXXXa",
|
---|
| 6074 | ".............aXXXXXXXXXa",
|
---|
| 6075 | ".............aaaaaaaaaaa"};
|
---|
| 6076 |
|
---|
| 6077 | QPixmap QApplicationPrivate::getPixmapCursor(Qt::CursorShape cshape)
|
---|
| 6078 | {
|
---|
| 6079 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
| 6080 | if (!move_cursor) {
|
---|
| 6081 | move_cursor = new QPixmap((const char **)move_xpm);
|
---|
| 6082 | copy_cursor = new QPixmap((const char **)copy_xpm);
|
---|
| 6083 | link_cursor = new QPixmap((const char **)link_xpm);
|
---|
| 6084 | #ifdef Q_WS_WIN
|
---|
| 6085 | ignore_cursor = new QPixmap((const char **)ignore_xpm);
|
---|
| 6086 | #endif
|
---|
| 6087 | }
|
---|
| 6088 |
|
---|
| 6089 | switch (cshape) {
|
---|
| 6090 | case Qt::DragMoveCursor:
|
---|
| 6091 | return *move_cursor;
|
---|
| 6092 | case Qt::DragCopyCursor:
|
---|
| 6093 | return *copy_cursor;
|
---|
| 6094 | case Qt::DragLinkCursor:
|
---|
| 6095 | return *link_cursor;
|
---|
| 6096 | #ifdef Q_WS_WIN
|
---|
| 6097 | case Qt::ForbiddenCursor:
|
---|
| 6098 | return *ignore_cursor;
|
---|
| 6099 | #endif
|
---|
| 6100 | default:
|
---|
| 6101 | break;
|
---|
| 6102 | }
|
---|
| 6103 | #endif
|
---|
| 6104 | return QPixmap();
|
---|
| 6105 | }
|
---|
| 6106 |
|
---|
| 6107 | QString QApplicationPrivate::qmljsDebugArgumentsString()
|
---|
| 6108 | {
|
---|
| 6109 | return qmljs_debug_arguments;
|
---|
| 6110 | }
|
---|
| 6111 |
|
---|
[2] | 6112 | QT_END_NAMESPACE
|
---|
| 6113 |
|
---|
| 6114 | #include "moc_qapplication.cpp"
|
---|